freebsd-dev/module/zfs/dbuf.c

3851 lines
108 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* CDDL HEADER START
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
* Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
*
* You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
* or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions
* and limitations under the License.
*
* When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
* file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
* If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
* fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
* information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
*
* CDDL HEADER END
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
* Copyright 2011 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
* Copyright (c) 2012, 2015 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
* Copyright (c) 2013 by Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
* Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
*/
#include <sys/zfs_context.h>
#include <sys/arc.h>
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
#include <sys/dmu.h>
#include <sys/dmu_send.h>
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
#include <sys/dmu_impl.h>
#include <sys/dbuf.h>
#include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
#include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
#include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
#include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
#include <sys/spa.h>
#include <sys/zio.h>
#include <sys/dmu_zfetch.h>
#include <sys/sa.h>
#include <sys/sa_impl.h>
#include <sys/zfeature.h>
#include <sys/blkptr.h>
#include <sys/range_tree.h>
Remove duplicate typedefs from trace.h Older versions of GCC (e.g. GCC 4.4.7 on RHEL6) do not allow duplicate typedef declarations with the same type. The trace.h header contains some typedefs to avoid 'unknown type' errors for C files that haven't declared the type in question. But this causes build failures for C files that have already declared the type. Newer versions of GCC (e.g. v4.6) allow duplicate typedefs with the same type unless pedantic error checking is in force. To support the older versions we need to remove the duplicate typedefs. Removal of the typedefs means we can't built tracepoints code using those types unless the required headers have been included. To facilitate this, all tracepoint event declarations have been moved out of trace.h into separate headers. Each new header is explicitly included from the C file that uses the events defined therein. The trace.h header is still indirectly included form zfs_context.h and provides the implementation of the dprintf(), dbgmsg(), and SET_ERROR() interfaces. This makes those interfaces readily available throughout the code base. The macros that redefine DTRACE_PROBE* to use Linux tracepoints are also still provided by trace.h, so it is a prerequisite for the other trace_*.h headers. These new Linux implementation-specific headers do introduce a small divergence from upstream ZFS in several core C files, but this should not present a significant maintenance burden. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Issue #2953
2014-12-13 02:07:39 +00:00
#include <sys/trace_dbuf.h>
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
#include <sys/callb.h>
#include <sys/abd.h>
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
struct dbuf_hold_impl_data {
/* Function arguments */
dnode_t *dh_dn;
uint8_t dh_level;
uint64_t dh_blkid;
boolean_t dh_fail_sparse;
boolean_t dh_fail_uncached;
void *dh_tag;
dmu_buf_impl_t **dh_dbp;
/* Local variables */
dmu_buf_impl_t *dh_db;
dmu_buf_impl_t *dh_parent;
blkptr_t *dh_bp;
int dh_err;
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dh_dr;
arc_buf_contents_t dh_type;
int dh_depth;
};
static void __dbuf_hold_impl_init(struct dbuf_hold_impl_data *dh,
dnode_t *dn, uint8_t level, uint64_t blkid, boolean_t fail_sparse,
boolean_t fail_uncached,
void *tag, dmu_buf_impl_t **dbp, int depth);
static int __dbuf_hold_impl(struct dbuf_hold_impl_data *dh);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
uint_t zfs_dbuf_evict_key;
static boolean_t dbuf_undirty(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, dmu_tx_t *tx);
static void dbuf_write(dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr, arc_buf_t *data, dmu_tx_t *tx);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
extern inline void dmu_buf_init_user(dmu_buf_user_t *dbu,
dmu_buf_evict_func_t *evict_func_sync,
dmu_buf_evict_func_t *evict_func_async,
dmu_buf_t **clear_on_evict_dbufp);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* Global data structures and functions for the dbuf cache.
*/
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
static kmem_cache_t *dbuf_kmem_cache;
static taskq_t *dbu_evict_taskq;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
static kthread_t *dbuf_cache_evict_thread;
static kmutex_t dbuf_evict_lock;
static kcondvar_t dbuf_evict_cv;
static boolean_t dbuf_evict_thread_exit;
/*
* LRU cache of dbufs. The dbuf cache maintains a list of dbufs that
* are not currently held but have been recently released. These dbufs
* are not eligible for arc eviction until they are aged out of the cache.
* Dbufs are added to the dbuf cache once the last hold is released. If a
* dbuf is later accessed and still exists in the dbuf cache, then it will
* be removed from the cache and later re-added to the head of the cache.
* Dbufs that are aged out of the cache will be immediately destroyed and
* become eligible for arc eviction.
*/
static multilist_t dbuf_cache;
static refcount_t dbuf_cache_size;
unsigned long dbuf_cache_max_bytes = 100 * 1024 * 1024;
/* Cap the size of the dbuf cache to log2 fraction of arc size. */
int dbuf_cache_max_shift = 5;
/*
* The dbuf cache uses a three-stage eviction policy:
* - A low water marker designates when the dbuf eviction thread
* should stop evicting from the dbuf cache.
* - When we reach the maximum size (aka mid water mark), we
* signal the eviction thread to run.
* - The high water mark indicates when the eviction thread
* is unable to keep up with the incoming load and eviction must
* happen in the context of the calling thread.
*
* The dbuf cache:
* (max size)
* low water mid water hi water
* +----------------------------------------+----------+----------+
* | | | |
* | | | |
* | | | |
* | | | |
* +----------------------------------------+----------+----------+
* stop signal evict
* evicting eviction directly
* thread
*
* The high and low water marks indicate the operating range for the eviction
* thread. The low water mark is, by default, 90% of the total size of the
* cache and the high water mark is at 110% (both of these percentages can be
* changed by setting dbuf_cache_lowater_pct and dbuf_cache_hiwater_pct,
* respectively). The eviction thread will try to ensure that the cache remains
* within this range by waking up every second and checking if the cache is
* above the low water mark. The thread can also be woken up by callers adding
* elements into the cache if the cache is larger than the mid water (i.e max
* cache size). Once the eviction thread is woken up and eviction is required,
* it will continue evicting buffers until it's able to reduce the cache size
* to the low water mark. If the cache size continues to grow and hits the high
* water mark, then callers adding elements to the cache will begin to evict
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
* directly from the cache until the cache is no longer above the high water
* mark.
*/
/*
* The percentage above and below the maximum cache size.
*/
uint_t dbuf_cache_hiwater_pct = 10;
uint_t dbuf_cache_lowater_pct = 10;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
dbuf_cons(void *vdb, void *unused, int kmflag)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = vdb;
bzero(db, sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t));
mutex_init(&db->db_mtx, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
cv_init(&db->db_changed, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
multilist_link_init(&db->db_cache_link);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
refcount_create(&db->db_holds);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
multilist_link_init(&db->db_cache_link);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
return (0);
}
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
dbuf_dest(void *vdb, void *unused)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = vdb;
mutex_destroy(&db->db_mtx);
cv_destroy(&db->db_changed);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
ASSERT(!multilist_link_active(&db->db_cache_link));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
refcount_destroy(&db->db_holds);
}
/*
* dbuf hash table routines
*/
static dbuf_hash_table_t dbuf_hash_table;
static uint64_t dbuf_hash_count;
static uint64_t
dbuf_hash(void *os, uint64_t obj, uint8_t lvl, uint64_t blkid)
{
uintptr_t osv = (uintptr_t)os;
uint64_t crc = -1ULL;
ASSERT(zfs_crc64_table[128] == ZFS_CRC64_POLY);
crc = (crc >> 8) ^ zfs_crc64_table[(crc ^ (lvl)) & 0xFF];
crc = (crc >> 8) ^ zfs_crc64_table[(crc ^ (osv >> 6)) & 0xFF];
crc = (crc >> 8) ^ zfs_crc64_table[(crc ^ (obj >> 0)) & 0xFF];
crc = (crc >> 8) ^ zfs_crc64_table[(crc ^ (obj >> 8)) & 0xFF];
crc = (crc >> 8) ^ zfs_crc64_table[(crc ^ (blkid >> 0)) & 0xFF];
crc = (crc >> 8) ^ zfs_crc64_table[(crc ^ (blkid >> 8)) & 0xFF];
crc ^= (osv>>14) ^ (obj>>16) ^ (blkid>>16);
return (crc);
}
#define DBUF_EQUAL(dbuf, os, obj, level, blkid) \
((dbuf)->db.db_object == (obj) && \
(dbuf)->db_objset == (os) && \
(dbuf)->db_level == (level) && \
(dbuf)->db_blkid == (blkid))
dmu_buf_impl_t *
dbuf_find(objset_t *os, uint64_t obj, uint8_t level, uint64_t blkid)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
dbuf_hash_table_t *h = &dbuf_hash_table;
uint64_t hv;
uint64_t idx;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dmu_buf_impl_t *db;
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
hv = dbuf_hash(os, obj, level, blkid);
idx = hv & h->hash_table_mask;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_enter(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
for (db = h->hash_table[idx]; db != NULL; db = db->db_hash_next) {
if (DBUF_EQUAL(db, os, obj, level, blkid)) {
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
if (db->db_state != DB_EVICTING) {
mutex_exit(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
return (db);
}
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
}
}
mutex_exit(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
return (NULL);
}
static dmu_buf_impl_t *
dbuf_find_bonus(objset_t *os, uint64_t object)
{
dnode_t *dn;
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = NULL;
if (dnode_hold(os, object, FTAG, &dn) == 0) {
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_READER);
if (dn->dn_bonus != NULL) {
db = dn->dn_bonus;
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
}
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
dnode_rele(dn, FTAG);
}
return (db);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* Insert an entry into the hash table. If there is already an element
* equal to elem in the hash table, then the already existing element
* will be returned and the new element will not be inserted.
* Otherwise returns NULL.
*/
static dmu_buf_impl_t *
dbuf_hash_insert(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
{
dbuf_hash_table_t *h = &dbuf_hash_table;
objset_t *os = db->db_objset;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
uint64_t obj = db->db.db_object;
int level = db->db_level;
uint64_t blkid, hv, idx;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dmu_buf_impl_t *dbf;
blkid = db->db_blkid;
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
hv = dbuf_hash(os, obj, level, blkid);
idx = hv & h->hash_table_mask;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_enter(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
for (dbf = h->hash_table[idx]; dbf != NULL; dbf = dbf->db_hash_next) {
if (DBUF_EQUAL(dbf, os, obj, level, blkid)) {
mutex_enter(&dbf->db_mtx);
if (dbf->db_state != DB_EVICTING) {
mutex_exit(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
return (dbf);
}
mutex_exit(&dbf->db_mtx);
}
}
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
db->db_hash_next = h->hash_table[idx];
h->hash_table[idx] = db;
mutex_exit(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
atomic_inc_64(&dbuf_hash_count);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
return (NULL);
}
/*
* Remove an entry from the hash table. It must be in the EVICTING state.
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
*/
static void
dbuf_hash_remove(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
{
dbuf_hash_table_t *h = &dbuf_hash_table;
uint64_t hv, idx;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dmu_buf_impl_t *dbf, **dbp;
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
hv = dbuf_hash(db->db_objset, db->db.db_object,
db->db_level, db->db_blkid);
idx = hv & h->hash_table_mask;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* We mustn't hold db_mtx to maintain lock ordering:
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
* DBUF_HASH_MUTEX > db_mtx.
*/
ASSERT(refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_EVICTING);
ASSERT(!MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
mutex_enter(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
dbp = &h->hash_table[idx];
while ((dbf = *dbp) != db) {
dbp = &dbf->db_hash_next;
ASSERT(dbf != NULL);
}
*dbp = db->db_hash_next;
db->db_hash_next = NULL;
mutex_exit(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
atomic_dec_64(&dbuf_hash_count);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
typedef enum {
DBVU_EVICTING,
DBVU_NOT_EVICTING
} dbvu_verify_type_t;
static void
dbuf_verify_user(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, dbvu_verify_type_t verify_type)
{
#ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
int64_t holds;
if (db->db_user == NULL)
return;
/* Only data blocks support the attachment of user data. */
ASSERT(db->db_level == 0);
/* Clients must resolve a dbuf before attaching user data. */
ASSERT(db->db.db_data != NULL);
ASSERT3U(db->db_state, ==, DB_CACHED);
holds = refcount_count(&db->db_holds);
if (verify_type == DBVU_EVICTING) {
/*
* Immediate eviction occurs when holds == dirtycnt.
* For normal eviction buffers, holds is zero on
* eviction, except when dbuf_fix_old_data() calls
* dbuf_clear_data(). However, the hold count can grow
* during eviction even though db_mtx is held (see
* dmu_bonus_hold() for an example), so we can only
* test the generic invariant that holds >= dirtycnt.
*/
ASSERT3U(holds, >=, db->db_dirtycnt);
} else {
if (db->db_user_immediate_evict == TRUE)
ASSERT3U(holds, >=, db->db_dirtycnt);
else
ASSERT3U(holds, >, 0);
}
#endif
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
static void
dbuf_evict_user(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
{
dmu_buf_user_t *dbu = db->db_user;
boolean_t has_async;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
if (dbu == NULL)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
return;
dbuf_verify_user(db, DBVU_EVICTING);
db->db_user = NULL;
#ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
if (dbu->dbu_clear_on_evict_dbufp != NULL)
*dbu->dbu_clear_on_evict_dbufp = NULL;
#endif
/*
* There are two eviction callbacks - one that we call synchronously
* and one that we invoke via a taskq. The async one is useful for
* avoiding lock order reversals and limiting stack depth.
*
* Note that if we have a sync callback but no async callback,
* it's likely that the sync callback will free the structure
* containing the dbu. In that case we need to take care to not
* dereference dbu after calling the sync evict func.
*/
has_async = (dbu->dbu_evict_func_async != NULL);
if (dbu->dbu_evict_func_sync != NULL)
dbu->dbu_evict_func_sync(dbu);
if (has_async) {
taskq_dispatch_ent(dbu_evict_taskq, dbu->dbu_evict_func_async,
dbu, 0, &dbu->dbu_tqent);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
boolean_t
dbuf_is_metadata(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
{
/*
* Consider indirect blocks and spill blocks to be meta data.
*/
if (db->db_level > 0 || db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
return (B_TRUE);
} else {
boolean_t is_metadata;
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
is_metadata = DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(DB_DNODE(db)->dn_type);
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
return (is_metadata);
}
}
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
/*
* This function *must* return indices evenly distributed between all
* sublists of the multilist. This is needed due to how the dbuf eviction
* code is laid out; dbuf_evict_thread() assumes dbufs are evenly
* distributed between all sublists and uses this assumption when
* deciding which sublist to evict from and how much to evict from it.
*/
unsigned int
dbuf_cache_multilist_index_func(multilist_t *ml, void *obj)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = obj;
/*
* The assumption here, is the hash value for a given
* dmu_buf_impl_t will remain constant throughout it's lifetime
* (i.e. it's objset, object, level and blkid fields don't change).
* Thus, we don't need to store the dbuf's sublist index
* on insertion, as this index can be recalculated on removal.
*
* Also, the low order bits of the hash value are thought to be
* distributed evenly. Otherwise, in the case that the multilist
* has a power of two number of sublists, each sublists' usage
* would not be evenly distributed.
*/
return (dbuf_hash(db->db_objset, db->db.db_object,
db->db_level, db->db_blkid) %
multilist_get_num_sublists(ml));
}
static inline boolean_t
dbuf_cache_above_hiwater(void)
{
uint64_t dbuf_cache_hiwater_bytes =
(dbuf_cache_max_bytes * dbuf_cache_hiwater_pct) / 100;
return (refcount_count(&dbuf_cache_size) >
dbuf_cache_max_bytes + dbuf_cache_hiwater_bytes);
}
static inline boolean_t
dbuf_cache_above_lowater(void)
{
uint64_t dbuf_cache_lowater_bytes =
(dbuf_cache_max_bytes * dbuf_cache_lowater_pct) / 100;
return (refcount_count(&dbuf_cache_size) >
dbuf_cache_max_bytes - dbuf_cache_lowater_bytes);
}
/*
* Evict the oldest eligible dbuf from the dbuf cache.
*/
static void
dbuf_evict_one(void)
{
int idx = multilist_get_random_index(&dbuf_cache);
multilist_sublist_t *mls = multilist_sublist_lock(&dbuf_cache, idx);
dmu_buf_impl_t *db;
ASSERT(!MUTEX_HELD(&dbuf_evict_lock));
/*
* Set the thread's tsd to indicate that it's processing evictions.
* Once a thread stops evicting from the dbuf cache it will
* reset its tsd to NULL.
*/
ASSERT3P(tsd_get(zfs_dbuf_evict_key), ==, NULL);
(void) tsd_set(zfs_dbuf_evict_key, (void *)B_TRUE);
db = multilist_sublist_tail(mls);
while (db != NULL && mutex_tryenter(&db->db_mtx) == 0) {
db = multilist_sublist_prev(mls, db);
}
DTRACE_PROBE2(dbuf__evict__one, dmu_buf_impl_t *, db,
multilist_sublist_t *, mls);
if (db != NULL) {
multilist_sublist_remove(mls, db);
multilist_sublist_unlock(mls);
(void) refcount_remove_many(&dbuf_cache_size,
db->db.db_size, db);
dbuf_destroy(db);
} else {
multilist_sublist_unlock(mls);
}
(void) tsd_set(zfs_dbuf_evict_key, NULL);
}
/*
* The dbuf evict thread is responsible for aging out dbufs from the
* cache. Once the cache has reached it's maximum size, dbufs are removed
* and destroyed. The eviction thread will continue running until the size
* of the dbuf cache is at or below the maximum size. Once the dbuf is aged
* out of the cache it is destroyed and becomes eligible for arc eviction.
*/
static void
dbuf_evict_thread(void)
{
callb_cpr_t cpr;
CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cpr, &dbuf_evict_lock, callb_generic_cpr, FTAG);
mutex_enter(&dbuf_evict_lock);
while (!dbuf_evict_thread_exit) {
while (!dbuf_cache_above_lowater() && !dbuf_evict_thread_exit) {
CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cpr);
(void) cv_timedwait_sig_hires(&dbuf_evict_cv,
&dbuf_evict_lock, SEC2NSEC(1), MSEC2NSEC(1), 0);
CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cpr, &dbuf_evict_lock);
}
mutex_exit(&dbuf_evict_lock);
/*
* Keep evicting as long as we're above the low water mark
* for the cache. We do this without holding the locks to
* minimize lock contention.
*/
while (dbuf_cache_above_lowater() && !dbuf_evict_thread_exit) {
dbuf_evict_one();
}
mutex_enter(&dbuf_evict_lock);
}
dbuf_evict_thread_exit = B_FALSE;
cv_broadcast(&dbuf_evict_cv);
CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cpr); /* drops dbuf_evict_lock */
thread_exit();
}
/*
* Wake up the dbuf eviction thread if the dbuf cache is at its max size.
* If the dbuf cache is at its high water mark, then evict a dbuf from the
* dbuf cache using the callers context.
*/
static void
dbuf_evict_notify(void)
{
/*
* We use thread specific data to track when a thread has
* started processing evictions. This allows us to avoid deeply
* nested stacks that would have a call flow similar to this:
*
* dbuf_rele()-->dbuf_rele_and_unlock()-->dbuf_evict_notify()
* ^ |
* | |
* +-----dbuf_destroy()<--dbuf_evict_one()<--------+
*
* The dbuf_eviction_thread will always have its tsd set until
* that thread exits. All other threads will only set their tsd
* if they are participating in the eviction process. This only
* happens if the eviction thread is unable to process evictions
* fast enough. To keep the dbuf cache size in check, other threads
* can evict from the dbuf cache directly. Those threads will set
* their tsd values so that we ensure that they only evict one dbuf
* from the dbuf cache.
*/
if (tsd_get(zfs_dbuf_evict_key) != NULL)
return;
if (refcount_count(&dbuf_cache_size) > dbuf_cache_max_bytes) {
boolean_t evict_now = B_FALSE;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
mutex_enter(&dbuf_evict_lock);
if (refcount_count(&dbuf_cache_size) > dbuf_cache_max_bytes) {
evict_now = dbuf_cache_above_hiwater();
cv_signal(&dbuf_evict_cv);
}
mutex_exit(&dbuf_evict_lock);
if (evict_now) {
dbuf_evict_one();
}
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
void
dbuf_init(void)
{
uint64_t hsize = 1ULL << 16;
dbuf_hash_table_t *h = &dbuf_hash_table;
int i;
/*
* The hash table is big enough to fill all of physical memory
* with an average block size of zfs_arc_average_blocksize (default 8K).
* By default, the table will take up
* totalmem * sizeof(void*) / 8K (1MB per GB with 8-byte pointers).
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
*/
while (hsize * zfs_arc_average_blocksize < physmem * PAGESIZE)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
hsize <<= 1;
retry:
h->hash_table_mask = hsize - 1;
#if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPL)
/*
* Large allocations which do not require contiguous pages
* should be using vmem_alloc() in the linux kernel
*/
h->hash_table = vmem_zalloc(hsize * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
#else
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
h->hash_table = kmem_zalloc(hsize * sizeof (void *), KM_NOSLEEP);
#endif
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (h->hash_table == NULL) {
/* XXX - we should really return an error instead of assert */
ASSERT(hsize > (1ULL << 10));
hsize >>= 1;
goto retry;
}
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
dbuf_kmem_cache = kmem_cache_create("dmu_buf_impl_t",
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t),
0, dbuf_cons, dbuf_dest, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
for (i = 0; i < DBUF_MUTEXES; i++)
mutex_init(&h->hash_mutexes[i], NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
dbuf_stats_init(h);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
/*
* Setup the parameters for the dbuf cache. We cap the size of the
* dbuf cache to 1/32nd (default) of the size of the ARC.
*/
dbuf_cache_max_bytes = MIN(dbuf_cache_max_bytes,
arc_max_bytes() >> dbuf_cache_max_shift);
/*
* All entries are queued via taskq_dispatch_ent(), so min/maxalloc
* configuration is not required.
*/
Align thread priority with Linux defaults Under Linux filesystem threads responsible for handling I/O are normally created with the maximum priority. Non-I/O filesystem processes run with the default priority. ZFS should adopt the same priority scheme under Linux to maintain good performance and so that it will complete fairly when other Linux filesystems are active. The priorities have been updated to the following: $ ps -eLo rtprio,cls,pid,pri,nice,cmd | egrep 'z_|spl_|zvol|arc|dbu|meta' - TS 10743 19 -20 [spl_kmem_cache] - TS 10744 19 -20 [spl_system_task] - TS 10745 19 -20 [spl_dynamic_tas] - TS 10764 19 0 [dbu_evict] - TS 10765 19 0 [arc_prune] - TS 10766 19 0 [arc_reclaim] - TS 10767 19 0 [arc_user_evicts] - TS 10768 19 0 [l2arc_feed] - TS 10769 39 0 [z_unmount] - TS 10770 39 -20 [zvol] - TS 11011 39 -20 [z_null_iss] - TS 11012 39 -20 [z_null_int] - TS 11013 39 -20 [z_rd_iss] - TS 11014 39 -20 [z_rd_int_0] - TS 11022 38 -19 [z_wr_iss] - TS 11023 39 -20 [z_wr_iss_h] - TS 11024 39 -20 [z_wr_int_0] - TS 11032 39 -20 [z_wr_int_h] - TS 11033 39 -20 [z_fr_iss_0] - TS 11041 39 -20 [z_fr_int] - TS 11042 39 -20 [z_cl_iss] - TS 11043 39 -20 [z_cl_int] - TS 11044 39 -20 [z_ioctl_iss] - TS 11045 39 -20 [z_ioctl_int] - TS 11046 39 -20 [metaslab_group_] - TS 11050 19 0 [z_iput] - TS 11121 38 -19 [z_wr_iss] Note that under Linux the meaning of a processes priority is inverted with respect to illumos. High values on Linux indicate a _low_ priority while high value on illumos indicate a _high_ priority. In order to preserve the logical meaning of the minclsyspri and maxclsyspri macros when they are used by the illumos wrapper functions their values have been inverted. This way when changes are merged from upstream illumos we won't need to remember to invert the macro. It could also lead to confusion. This patch depends on https://github.com/zfsonlinux/spl/pull/466. Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #3607
2015-07-24 17:08:31 +00:00
dbu_evict_taskq = taskq_create("dbu_evict", 1, defclsyspri, 0, 0, 0);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
multilist_create(&dbuf_cache, sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t),
offsetof(dmu_buf_impl_t, db_cache_link),
dbuf_cache_multilist_index_func);
refcount_create(&dbuf_cache_size);
tsd_create(&zfs_dbuf_evict_key, NULL);
dbuf_evict_thread_exit = B_FALSE;
mutex_init(&dbuf_evict_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
cv_init(&dbuf_evict_cv, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL);
dbuf_cache_evict_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0, dbuf_evict_thread,
NULL, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, minclsyspri);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
void
dbuf_fini(void)
{
dbuf_hash_table_t *h = &dbuf_hash_table;
int i;
dbuf_stats_destroy();
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < DBUF_MUTEXES; i++)
mutex_destroy(&h->hash_mutexes[i]);
#if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPL)
/*
* Large allocations which do not require contiguous pages
* should be using vmem_free() in the linux kernel
*/
vmem_free(h->hash_table, (h->hash_table_mask + 1) * sizeof (void *));
#else
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
kmem_free(h->hash_table, (h->hash_table_mask + 1) * sizeof (void *));
#endif
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
kmem_cache_destroy(dbuf_kmem_cache);
taskq_destroy(dbu_evict_taskq);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
mutex_enter(&dbuf_evict_lock);
dbuf_evict_thread_exit = B_TRUE;
while (dbuf_evict_thread_exit) {
cv_signal(&dbuf_evict_cv);
cv_wait(&dbuf_evict_cv, &dbuf_evict_lock);
}
mutex_exit(&dbuf_evict_lock);
tsd_destroy(&zfs_dbuf_evict_key);
mutex_destroy(&dbuf_evict_lock);
cv_destroy(&dbuf_evict_cv);
refcount_destroy(&dbuf_cache_size);
multilist_destroy(&dbuf_cache);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
/*
* Other stuff.
*/
#ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
static void
dbuf_verify(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
{
dnode_t *dn;
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
if (!(zfs_flags & ZFS_DEBUG_DBUF_VERIFY))
return;
ASSERT(db->db_objset != NULL);
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (dn == NULL) {
ASSERT(db->db_parent == NULL);
ASSERT(db->db_blkptr == NULL);
} else {
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_object, ==, dn->dn_object);
ASSERT3P(db->db_objset, ==, dn->dn_objset);
ASSERT3U(db->db_level, <, dn->dn_nlevels);
ASSERT(db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID ||
db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID ||
!avl_is_empty(&dn->dn_dbufs));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
ASSERT(dn != NULL);
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_size, >=, dn->dn_bonuslen);
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_offset, ==, DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
} else if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(dn != NULL);
ASSERT0(db->db.db_offset);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
} else {
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_offset, ==, db->db_blkid * db->db.db_size);
}
for (dr = db->db_data_pending; dr != NULL; dr = dr->dr_next)
ASSERT(dr->dr_dbuf == db);
for (dr = db->db_last_dirty; dr != NULL; dr = dr->dr_next)
ASSERT(dr->dr_dbuf == db);
/*
* We can't assert that db_size matches dn_datablksz because it
* can be momentarily different when another thread is doing
* dnode_set_blksz().
*/
if (db->db_level == 0 && db->db.db_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT) {
dr = db->db_data_pending;
/*
* It should only be modified in syncing context, so
* make sure we only have one copy of the data.
*/
ASSERT(dr == NULL || dr->dt.dl.dr_data == db->db_buf);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
/* verify db->db_blkptr */
if (db->db_blkptr) {
if (db->db_parent == dn->dn_dbuf) {
/* db is pointed to by the dnode */
/* ASSERT3U(db->db_blkid, <, dn->dn_nblkptr); */
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
if (DMU_OBJECT_IS_SPECIAL(db->db.db_object))
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(db->db_parent == NULL);
else
ASSERT(db->db_parent != NULL);
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID)
ASSERT3P(db->db_blkptr, ==,
&dn->dn_phys->dn_blkptr[db->db_blkid]);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
} else {
/* db is pointed to by an indirect block */
ASSERTV(int epb = db->db_parent->db.db_size >>
SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT3U(db->db_parent->db_level, ==, db->db_level+1);
ASSERT3U(db->db_parent->db.db_object, ==,
db->db.db_object);
/*
* dnode_grow_indblksz() can make this fail if we don't
* have the struct_rwlock. XXX indblksz no longer
* grows. safe to do this now?
*/
if (RW_WRITE_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock)) {
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT3P(db->db_blkptr, ==,
((blkptr_t *)db->db_parent->db.db_data +
db->db_blkid % epb));
}
}
}
if ((db->db_blkptr == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr)) &&
(db->db_buf == NULL || db->db_buf->b_data) &&
db->db.db_data && db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID &&
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_state != DB_FILL && !dn->dn_free_txg) {
/*
* If the blkptr isn't set but they have nonzero data,
* it had better be dirty, otherwise we'll lose that
* data when we evict this buffer.
*
* There is an exception to this rule for indirect blocks; in
* this case, if the indirect block is a hole, we fill in a few
* fields on each of the child blocks (importantly, birth time)
* to prevent hole birth times from being lost when you
* partially fill in a hole.
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
*/
if (db->db_dirtycnt == 0) {
if (db->db_level == 0) {
uint64_t *buf = db->db.db_data;
int i;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < db->db.db_size >> 3; i++) {
ASSERT(buf[i] == 0);
}
} else {
int i;
blkptr_t *bps = db->db.db_data;
ASSERT3U(1 << DB_DNODE(db)->dn_indblkshift, ==,
db->db.db_size);
/*
* We want to verify that all the blkptrs in the
* indirect block are holes, but we may have
* automatically set up a few fields for them.
* We iterate through each blkptr and verify
* they only have those fields set.
*/
for (i = 0;
i < db->db.db_size / sizeof (blkptr_t);
i++) {
blkptr_t *bp = &bps[i];
ASSERT(ZIO_CHECKSUM_IS_ZERO(
&bp->blk_cksum));
ASSERT(
DVA_IS_EMPTY(&bp->blk_dva[0]) &&
DVA_IS_EMPTY(&bp->blk_dva[1]) &&
DVA_IS_EMPTY(&bp->blk_dva[2]));
ASSERT0(bp->blk_fill);
ASSERT0(bp->blk_pad[0]);
ASSERT0(bp->blk_pad[1]);
ASSERT(!BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp));
ASSERT(BP_IS_HOLE(bp));
ASSERT0(bp->blk_phys_birth);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
}
}
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
#endif
static void
dbuf_clear_data(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
{
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
dbuf_evict_user(db);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
ASSERT3P(db->db_buf, ==, NULL);
db->db.db_data = NULL;
if (db->db_state != DB_NOFILL)
db->db_state = DB_UNCACHED;
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
static void
dbuf_set_data(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, arc_buf_t *buf)
{
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
ASSERT(buf != NULL);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_buf = buf;
ASSERT(buf->b_data != NULL);
db->db.db_data = buf->b_data;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
/*
* Loan out an arc_buf for read. Return the loaned arc_buf.
*/
arc_buf_t *
dbuf_loan_arcbuf(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
{
arc_buf_t *abuf;
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
if (arc_released(db->db_buf) || refcount_count(&db->db_holds) > 1) {
int blksz = db->db.db_size;
spa_t *spa = db->db_objset->os_spa;
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
abuf = arc_loan_buf(spa, B_FALSE, blksz);
bcopy(db->db.db_data, abuf->b_data, blksz);
} else {
abuf = db->db_buf;
arc_loan_inuse_buf(abuf, db);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
db->db_buf = NULL;
dbuf_clear_data(db);
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
}
return (abuf);
}
/*
* Calculate which level n block references the data at the level 0 offset
* provided.
*/
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
uint64_t
dbuf_whichblock(const dnode_t *dn, const int64_t level, const uint64_t offset)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
if (dn->dn_datablkshift != 0 && dn->dn_indblkshift != 0) {
/*
* The level n blkid is equal to the level 0 blkid divided by
* the number of level 0s in a level n block.
*
* The level 0 blkid is offset >> datablkshift =
* offset / 2^datablkshift.
*
* The number of level 0s in a level n is the number of block
* pointers in an indirect block, raised to the power of level.
* This is 2^(indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT)^level =
* 2^(level*(indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT)).
*
* Thus, the level n blkid is: offset /
* ((2^datablkshift)*(2^(level*(indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT)))
* = offset / 2^(datablkshift + level *
* (indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT))
* = offset >> (datablkshift + level *
* (indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT))
*/
const unsigned exp = dn->dn_datablkshift +
level * (dn->dn_indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT);
if (exp >= 8 * sizeof (offset)) {
/* This only happens on the highest indirection level */
ASSERT3U(level, ==, dn->dn_nlevels - 1);
return (0);
}
ASSERT3U(exp, <, 8 * sizeof (offset));
return (offset >> exp);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
} else {
ASSERT3U(offset, <, dn->dn_datablksz);
return (0);
}
}
static void
dbuf_read_done(zio_t *zio, arc_buf_t *buf, void *vdb)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = vdb;
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
ASSERT3U(db->db_state, ==, DB_READ);
/*
* All reads are synchronous, so we must have a hold on the dbuf
*/
ASSERT(refcount_count(&db->db_holds) > 0);
ASSERT(db->db_buf == NULL);
ASSERT(db->db.db_data == NULL);
if (db->db_level == 0 && db->db_freed_in_flight) {
/* we were freed in flight; disregard any error */
arc_release(buf, db);
bzero(buf->b_data, db->db.db_size);
arc_buf_freeze(buf);
db->db_freed_in_flight = FALSE;
dbuf_set_data(db, buf);
db->db_state = DB_CACHED;
} else if (zio == NULL || zio->io_error == 0) {
dbuf_set_data(db, buf);
db->db_state = DB_CACHED;
} else {
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT3P(db->db_buf, ==, NULL);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
arc_buf_destroy(buf, db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_state = DB_UNCACHED;
}
cv_broadcast(&db->db_changed);
dbuf_rele_and_unlock(db, NULL);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
static int
dbuf_read_impl(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, zio_t *zio, uint32_t flags)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
dnode_t *dn;
zbookmark_phys_t zb;
uint32_t aflags = ARC_FLAG_NOWAIT;
int err;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
/* We need the struct_rwlock to prevent db_blkptr from changing. */
ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED);
ASSERT(db->db_buf == NULL);
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
Implement large_dnode pool feature Justification ------------- This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be significant. ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore provide a performance benefit to such systems. Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore, this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future applications or features are developed that could make use of a larger bonus buffer area. Implementation -------------- The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block. This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software. Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk. Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to represent size for a dnode_t. The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to "legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable automatically-sized dnodes, run # zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property. These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface. Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k, and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value. The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size. New DMU interfaces: dmu_object_alloc_dnsize() dmu_object_claim_dnsize() dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize() New ZAP interfaces: zap_create_dnsize() zap_create_norm_dnsize() zap_create_flags_dnsize() zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize() zap_create_link_dnsize() The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum bonus length for a pool. These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions: * The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter. When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind, these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE. If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0. dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case it returns ENOENT. * The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object. This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid starting point for a dnode. * dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it as a valid dnode. zdb --- The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the "dnsize" column when the object is dumped. For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for the object. ztest ----- Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to better simulate real-world datasets. Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data patterns. ZFS Test Suite -------------- Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv. Send/Receive ------------ ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive will fail gracefully. While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512 byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream. For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes, the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding in the structure. ZIL Replay ---------- The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at 48 bits. Resizing Dnodes --------------- It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode. Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode feature. Feature Reference Counting -------------------------- The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to the large_block feature. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
/*
* The bonus length stored in the dnode may be less than
* the maximum available space in the bonus buffer.
*/
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
int bonuslen = MIN(dn->dn_bonuslen, dn->dn_phys->dn_bonuslen);
Implement large_dnode pool feature Justification ------------- This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be significant. ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore provide a performance benefit to such systems. Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore, this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future applications or features are developed that could make use of a larger bonus buffer area. Implementation -------------- The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block. This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software. Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk. Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to represent size for a dnode_t. The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to "legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable automatically-sized dnodes, run # zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property. These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface. Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k, and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value. The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size. New DMU interfaces: dmu_object_alloc_dnsize() dmu_object_claim_dnsize() dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize() New ZAP interfaces: zap_create_dnsize() zap_create_norm_dnsize() zap_create_flags_dnsize() zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize() zap_create_link_dnsize() The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum bonus length for a pool. These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions: * The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter. When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind, these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE. If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0. dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case it returns ENOENT. * The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object. This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid starting point for a dnode. * dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it as a valid dnode. zdb --- The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the "dnsize" column when the object is dumped. For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for the object. ztest ----- Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to better simulate real-world datasets. Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data patterns. ZFS Test Suite -------------- Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv. Send/Receive ------------ ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive will fail gracefully. While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512 byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream. For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes, the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding in the structure. ZIL Replay ---------- The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at 48 bits. Resizing Dnodes --------------- It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode. Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode feature. Feature Reference Counting -------------------------- The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to the large_block feature. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
int max_bonuslen = DN_SLOTS_TO_BONUSLEN(dn->dn_num_slots);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT3U(bonuslen, <=, db->db.db_size);
db->db.db_data = kmem_alloc(max_bonuslen, KM_SLEEP);
Limit the amount of dnode metadata in the ARC Metadata-intensive workloads can cause the ARC to become permanently filled with dnode_t objects as they're pinned by the VFS layer. Subsequent data-intensive workloads may only benefit from about 25% of the potential ARC (arc_c_max - arc_meta_limit). In order to help track metadata usage more precisely, the other_size metadata arcstat has replaced with dbuf_size, dnode_size and bonus_size. The new zfs_arc_dnode_limit tunable, which defaults to 10% of zfs_arc_meta_limit, defines the minimum number of bytes which is desirable to be consumed by dnodes. Attempts to evict non-metadata will trigger async prune tasks if the space used by dnodes exceeds this limit. The new zfs_arc_dnode_reduce_percent tunable specifies the amount by which the excess dnode space is attempted to be pruned as a percentage of the amount by which zfs_arc_dnode_limit is being exceeded. By default, it tries to unpin 10% of the dnodes. The problem of dnode metadata pinning was observed with the following testing procedure (in this example, zfs_arc_max is set to 4GiB): - Create a large number of small files until arc_meta_used exceeds arc_meta_limit (3GiB with default tuning) and arc_prune starts increasing. - Create a 3GiB file with dd. Observe arc_mata_used. It will still be around 3GiB. - Repeatedly read the 3GiB file and observe arc_meta_limit as before. It will continue to stay around 3GiB. With this modification, space for the 3GiB file is gradually made available as subsequent demands on the ARC are made. The previous behavior can be restored by setting zfs_arc_dnode_limit to the same value as the zfs_arc_meta_limit. Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Issue #4345 Issue #4512 Issue #4773 Closes #4858
2016-07-13 12:42:40 +00:00
arc_space_consume(max_bonuslen, ARC_SPACE_BONUS);
Implement large_dnode pool feature Justification ------------- This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be significant. ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore provide a performance benefit to such systems. Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore, this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future applications or features are developed that could make use of a larger bonus buffer area. Implementation -------------- The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block. This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software. Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk. Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to represent size for a dnode_t. The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to "legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable automatically-sized dnodes, run # zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property. These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface. Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k, and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value. The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size. New DMU interfaces: dmu_object_alloc_dnsize() dmu_object_claim_dnsize() dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize() New ZAP interfaces: zap_create_dnsize() zap_create_norm_dnsize() zap_create_flags_dnsize() zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize() zap_create_link_dnsize() The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum bonus length for a pool. These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions: * The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter. When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind, these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE. If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0. dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case it returns ENOENT. * The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object. This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid starting point for a dnode. * dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it as a valid dnode. zdb --- The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the "dnsize" column when the object is dumped. For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for the object. ztest ----- Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to better simulate real-world datasets. Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data patterns. ZFS Test Suite -------------- Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv. Send/Receive ------------ ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive will fail gracefully. While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512 byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream. For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes, the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding in the structure. ZIL Replay ---------- The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at 48 bits. Resizing Dnodes --------------- It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode. Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode feature. Feature Reference Counting -------------------------- The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to the large_block feature. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
if (bonuslen < max_bonuslen)
bzero(db->db.db_data, max_bonuslen);
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
if (bonuslen)
bcopy(DN_BONUS(dn->dn_phys), db->db.db_data, bonuslen);
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_state = DB_CACHED;
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
return (0);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
/*
* Recheck BP_IS_HOLE() after dnode_block_freed() in case dnode_sync()
* processes the delete record and clears the bp while we are waiting
* for the dn_mtx (resulting in a "no" from block_freed).
*/
if (db->db_blkptr == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr) ||
(db->db_level == 0 && (dnode_block_freed(dn, db->db_blkid) ||
BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr)))) {
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
arc_buf_contents_t type = DBUF_GET_BUFC_TYPE(db);
dbuf_set_data(db, arc_alloc_buf(db->db_objset->os_spa, db, type,
db->db.db_size));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
bzero(db->db.db_data, db->db.db_size);
if (db->db_blkptr != NULL && db->db_level > 0 &&
BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr) &&
db->db_blkptr->blk_birth != 0) {
blkptr_t *bps = db->db.db_data;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < ((1 <<
DB_DNODE(db)->dn_indblkshift) / sizeof (blkptr_t));
i++) {
blkptr_t *bp = &bps[i];
ASSERT3U(BP_GET_LSIZE(db->db_blkptr), ==,
1 << dn->dn_indblkshift);
BP_SET_LSIZE(bp,
BP_GET_LEVEL(db->db_blkptr) == 1 ?
dn->dn_datablksz :
BP_GET_LSIZE(db->db_blkptr));
BP_SET_TYPE(bp, BP_GET_TYPE(db->db_blkptr));
BP_SET_LEVEL(bp,
BP_GET_LEVEL(db->db_blkptr) - 1);
BP_SET_BIRTH(bp, db->db_blkptr->blk_birth, 0);
}
}
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_state = DB_CACHED;
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
return (0);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_state = DB_READ;
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
if (DBUF_IS_L2CACHEABLE(db))
aflags |= ARC_FLAG_L2CACHE;
SET_BOOKMARK(&zb, db->db_objset->os_dsl_dataset ?
db->db_objset->os_dsl_dataset->ds_object : DMU_META_OBJSET,
db->db.db_object, db->db_level, db->db_blkid);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dbuf_add_ref(db, NULL);
err = arc_read(zio, db->db_objset->os_spa, db->db_blkptr,
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dbuf_read_done, db, ZIO_PRIORITY_SYNC_READ,
(flags & DB_RF_CANFAIL) ? ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL : ZIO_FLAG_MUSTSUCCEED,
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
&aflags, &zb);
return (err);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
/*
* This is our just-in-time copy function. It makes a copy of buffers that
* have been modified in a previous transaction group before we access them in
* the current active group.
*
* This function is used in three places: when we are dirtying a buffer for the
* first time in a txg, when we are freeing a range in a dnode that includes
* this buffer, and when we are accessing a buffer which was received compressed
* and later referenced in a WRITE_BYREF record.
*
* Note that when we are called from dbuf_free_range() we do not put a hold on
* the buffer, we just traverse the active dbuf list for the dnode.
*/
static void
dbuf_fix_old_data(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, uint64_t txg)
{
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr = db->db_last_dirty;
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
ASSERT(db->db.db_data != NULL);
ASSERT(db->db_level == 0);
ASSERT(db->db.db_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT);
if (dr == NULL ||
(dr->dt.dl.dr_data !=
((db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) ? db->db.db_data : db->db_buf)))
return;
/*
* If the last dirty record for this dbuf has not yet synced
* and its referencing the dbuf data, either:
* reset the reference to point to a new copy,
* or (if there a no active holders)
* just null out the current db_data pointer.
*/
ASSERT(dr->dr_txg >= txg - 2);
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
dnode_t *dn = DB_DNODE(db);
int bonuslen = DN_SLOTS_TO_BONUSLEN(dn->dn_num_slots);
dr->dt.dl.dr_data = kmem_alloc(bonuslen, KM_SLEEP);
arc_space_consume(bonuslen, ARC_SPACE_BONUS);
bcopy(db->db.db_data, dr->dt.dl.dr_data, bonuslen);
} else if (refcount_count(&db->db_holds) > db->db_dirtycnt) {
int size = arc_buf_size(db->db_buf);
arc_buf_contents_t type = DBUF_GET_BUFC_TYPE(db);
spa_t *spa = db->db_objset->os_spa;
enum zio_compress compress_type =
arc_get_compression(db->db_buf);
if (compress_type == ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF) {
dr->dt.dl.dr_data = arc_alloc_buf(spa, db, type, size);
} else {
ASSERT3U(type, ==, ARC_BUFC_DATA);
dr->dt.dl.dr_data = arc_alloc_compressed_buf(spa, db,
size, arc_buf_lsize(db->db_buf), compress_type);
}
bcopy(db->db.db_data, dr->dt.dl.dr_data->b_data, size);
} else {
db->db_buf = NULL;
dbuf_clear_data(db);
}
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
int
dbuf_read(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, zio_t *zio, uint32_t flags)
{
int err = 0;
boolean_t havepzio = (zio != NULL);
boolean_t prefetch;
dnode_t *dn;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* We don't have to hold the mutex to check db_state because it
* can't be freed while we have a hold on the buffer.
*/
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
if (db->db_state == DB_NOFILL)
return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if ((flags & DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT) == 0)
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_READER);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
prefetch = db->db_level == 0 && db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID &&
(flags & DB_RF_NOPREFETCH) == 0 && dn != NULL &&
DBUF_IS_CACHEABLE(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
if (db->db_state == DB_CACHED) {
/*
* If the arc buf is compressed, we need to decompress it to
* read the data. This could happen during the "zfs receive" of
* a stream which is compressed and deduplicated.
*/
if (db->db_buf != NULL &&
arc_get_compression(db->db_buf) != ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF) {
dbuf_fix_old_data(db,
spa_syncing_txg(dmu_objset_spa(db->db_objset)));
err = arc_decompress(db->db_buf);
dbuf_set_data(db, db->db_buf);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
if (prefetch)
dmu_zfetch(&dn->dn_zfetch, db->db_blkid, 1, B_TRUE);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if ((flags & DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT) == 0)
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
} else if (db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED) {
spa_t *spa = dn->dn_objset->os_spa;
if (zio == NULL &&
db->db_blkptr != NULL && !BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr))
zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
err = dbuf_read_impl(db, zio, flags);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* dbuf_read_impl has dropped db_mtx for us */
if (!err && prefetch)
dmu_zfetch(&dn->dn_zfetch, db->db_blkid, 1, B_TRUE);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if ((flags & DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT) == 0)
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (!err && !havepzio && zio != NULL)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
err = zio_wait(zio);
} else {
/*
* Another reader came in while the dbuf was in flight
* between UNCACHED and CACHED. Either a writer will finish
* writing the buffer (sending the dbuf to CACHED) or the
* first reader's request will reach the read_done callback
* and send the dbuf to CACHED. Otherwise, a failure
* occurred and the dbuf went to UNCACHED.
*/
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
if (prefetch)
dmu_zfetch(&dn->dn_zfetch, db->db_blkid, 1, B_TRUE);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if ((flags & DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT) == 0)
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* Skip the wait per the caller's request. */
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
if ((flags & DB_RF_NEVERWAIT) == 0) {
while (db->db_state == DB_READ ||
db->db_state == DB_FILL) {
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_READ ||
(flags & DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT) == 0);
DTRACE_PROBE2(blocked__read, dmu_buf_impl_t *,
db, zio_t *, zio);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
cv_wait(&db->db_changed, &db->db_mtx);
}
if (db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED)
err = SET_ERROR(EIO);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
}
ASSERT(err || havepzio || db->db_state == DB_CACHED);
return (err);
}
static void
dbuf_noread(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
{
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
while (db->db_state == DB_READ || db->db_state == DB_FILL)
cv_wait(&db->db_changed, &db->db_mtx);
if (db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED) {
arc_buf_contents_t type = DBUF_GET_BUFC_TYPE(db);
spa_t *spa = db->db_objset->os_spa;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(db->db_buf == NULL);
ASSERT(db->db.db_data == NULL);
dbuf_set_data(db, arc_alloc_buf(spa, db, type, db->db.db_size));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_state = DB_FILL;
} else if (db->db_state == DB_NOFILL) {
dbuf_clear_data(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
} else {
ASSERT3U(db->db_state, ==, DB_CACHED);
}
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
}
void
dbuf_unoverride(dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
blkptr_t *bp = &dr->dt.dl.dr_overridden_by;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
uint64_t txg = dr->dr_txg;
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
ASSERT(dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state != DR_IN_DMU_SYNC);
ASSERT(db->db_level == 0);
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID ||
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state == DR_NOT_OVERRIDDEN)
return;
ASSERT(db->db_data_pending != dr);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* free this block */
if (!BP_IS_HOLE(bp) && !dr->dt.dl.dr_nopwrite)
zio_free(db->db_objset->os_spa, txg, bp);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state = DR_NOT_OVERRIDDEN;
dr->dt.dl.dr_nopwrite = B_FALSE;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* Release the already-written buffer, so we leave it in
* a consistent dirty state. Note that all callers are
* modifying the buffer, so they will immediately do
* another (redundant) arc_release(). Therefore, leave
* the buf thawed to save the effort of freezing &
* immediately re-thawing it.
*/
arc_release(dr->dt.dl.dr_data, db);
}
/*
* Evict (if its unreferenced) or clear (if its referenced) any level-0
* data blocks in the free range, so that any future readers will find
* empty blocks.
*/
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
void
dbuf_free_range(dnode_t *dn, uint64_t start_blkid, uint64_t end_blkid,
dmu_tx_t *tx)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db_search;
dmu_buf_impl_t *db, *db_next;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
avl_index_t where;
if (end_blkid > dn->dn_maxblkid &&
!(start_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID || end_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID))
end_blkid = dn->dn_maxblkid;
dprintf_dnode(dn, "start=%llu end=%llu\n", start_blkid, end_blkid);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db_search = kmem_alloc(sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t), KM_SLEEP);
db_search->db_level = 0;
db_search->db_blkid = start_blkid;
db_search->db_state = DB_SEARCH;
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
db = avl_find(&dn->dn_dbufs, db_search, &where);
ASSERT3P(db, ==, NULL);
db = avl_nearest(&dn->dn_dbufs, where, AVL_AFTER);
for (; db != NULL; db = db_next) {
db_next = AVL_NEXT(&dn->dn_dbufs, db);
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
if (db->db_level != 0 || db->db_blkid > end_blkid) {
break;
}
ASSERT3U(db->db_blkid, >=, start_blkid);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* found a level 0 buffer in the range */
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
if (dbuf_undirty(db, tx)) {
/* mutex has been dropped and dbuf destroyed */
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
continue;
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED ||
db->db_state == DB_NOFILL ||
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_state == DB_EVICTING) {
ASSERT(db->db.db_data == NULL);
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
continue;
}
if (db->db_state == DB_READ || db->db_state == DB_FILL) {
/* will be handled in dbuf_read_done or dbuf_rele */
db->db_freed_in_flight = TRUE;
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
continue;
}
if (refcount_count(&db->db_holds) == 0) {
ASSERT(db->db_buf);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
dbuf_destroy(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
continue;
}
/* The dbuf is referenced */
if (db->db_last_dirty != NULL) {
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr = db->db_last_dirty;
if (dr->dr_txg == txg) {
/*
* This buffer is "in-use", re-adjust the file
* size to reflect that this buffer may
* contain new data when we sync.
*/
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID &&
db->db_blkid > dn->dn_maxblkid)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dn->dn_maxblkid = db->db_blkid;
dbuf_unoverride(dr);
} else {
/*
* This dbuf is not dirty in the open context.
* Either uncache it (if its not referenced in
* the open context) or reset its contents to
* empty.
*/
dbuf_fix_old_data(db, txg);
}
}
/* clear the contents if its cached */
if (db->db_state == DB_CACHED) {
ASSERT(db->db.db_data != NULL);
arc_release(db->db_buf, db);
bzero(db->db.db_data, db->db.db_size);
arc_buf_freeze(db->db_buf);
}
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
}
kmem_free(db_search, sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
}
void
dbuf_new_size(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, int size, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
arc_buf_t *buf, *obuf;
int osize = db->db.db_size;
arc_buf_contents_t type = DBUF_GET_BUFC_TYPE(db);
dnode_t *dn;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* XXX does *this* func really need the lock? */
ASSERT(RW_WRITE_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* This call to dmu_buf_will_dirty() with the dn_struct_rwlock held
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
* is OK, because there can be no other references to the db
* when we are changing its size, so no concurrent DB_FILL can
* be happening.
*/
/*
* XXX we should be doing a dbuf_read, checking the return
* value and returning that up to our callers
*/
dmu_buf_will_dirty(&db->db, tx);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* create the data buffer for the new block */
buf = arc_alloc_buf(dn->dn_objset->os_spa, db, type, size);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* copy old block data to the new block */
obuf = db->db_buf;
bcopy(obuf->b_data, buf->b_data, MIN(osize, size));
/* zero the remainder */
if (size > osize)
bzero((uint8_t *)buf->b_data + osize, size - osize);
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
dbuf_set_data(db, buf);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
arc_buf_destroy(obuf, db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db.db_size = size;
if (db->db_level == 0) {
ASSERT3U(db->db_last_dirty->dr_txg, ==, tx->tx_txg);
db->db_last_dirty->dt.dl.dr_data = buf;
}
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
OpenZFS 7793 - ztest fails assertion in dmu_tx_willuse_space Reviewed by: Steve Gonczi <steve.gonczi@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Background information: This assertion about tx_space_* verifies that we are not dirtying more stuff than we thought we would. We “need” to know how much we will dirty so that we can check if we should fail this transaction with ENOSPC/EDQUOT, in dmu_tx_assign(). While the transaction is open (i.e. between dmu_tx_assign() and dmu_tx_commit() — typically less than a millisecond), we call dbuf_dirty() on the exact blocks that will be modified. Once this happens, the temporary accounting in tx_space_* is unnecessary, because we know exactly what blocks are newly dirtied; we call dnode_willuse_space() to track this more exact accounting. The fundamental problem causing this bug is that dmu_tx_hold_*() relies on the current state in the DMU (e.g. dn_nlevels) to predict how much will be dirtied by this transaction, but this state can change before we actually perform the transaction (i.e. call dbuf_dirty()). This bug will be fixed by removing the assertion that the tx_space_* accounting is perfectly accurate (i.e. we never dirty more than was predicted by dmu_tx_hold_*()). By removing the requirement that this accounting be perfectly accurate, we can also vastly simplify it, e.g. removing most of the logic in dmu_tx_count_*(). The new tx space accounting will be very approximate, and may be more or less than what is actually dirtied. It will still be used to determine if this transaction will put us over quota. Transactions that are marked by dmu_tx_mark_netfree() will be excepted from this check. We won’t make an attempt to determine how much space will be freed by the transaction — this was rarely accurate enough to determine if a transaction should be permitted when we are over quota, which is why dmu_tx_mark_netfree() was introduced in 2014. We also won’t attempt to give “credit” when overwriting existing blocks, if those blocks may be freed. This allows us to remove the do_free_accounting logic in dbuf_dirty(), and associated routines. This logic attempted to predict what will be on disk when this txg syncs, to know if the overwritten block will be freed (i.e. exists, and has no snapshots). OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7793 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3704e0a Upstream bugs: DLPX-32883a Closes #5804 Porting notes: - DNODE_SIZE replaced with DNODE_MIN_SIZE in dmu_tx_count_dnode(), Using the default dnode size would be slightly better. - DEBUG_DMU_TX wrappers and configure option removed. - Resolved _by_dnode() conflicts these changes have not yet been applied to OpenZFS.
2017-03-07 17:51:59 +00:00
dmu_objset_willuse_space(dn->dn_objset, size - osize, tx);
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
void
dbuf_release_bp(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
{
ASSERTV(objset_t *os = db->db_objset);
ASSERT(dsl_pool_sync_context(dmu_objset_pool(os)));
ASSERT(arc_released(os->os_phys_buf) ||
list_link_active(&os->os_dsl_dataset->ds_synced_link));
ASSERT(db->db_parent == NULL || arc_released(db->db_parent->db_buf));
(void) arc_release(db->db_buf, db);
}
/*
* We already have a dirty record for this TXG, and we are being
* dirtied again.
*/
static void
dbuf_redirty(dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
if (db->db_level == 0 && db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
/*
* If this buffer has already been written out,
* we now need to reset its state.
*/
dbuf_unoverride(dr);
if (db->db.db_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT &&
db->db_state != DB_NOFILL) {
/* Already released on initial dirty, so just thaw. */
ASSERT(arc_released(db->db_buf));
arc_buf_thaw(db->db_buf);
}
}
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dbuf_dirty_record_t *
dbuf_dirty(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
dnode_t *dn;
objset_t *os;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dbuf_dirty_record_t **drp, *dr;
int drop_struct_lock = FALSE;
int txgoff = tx->tx_txg & TXG_MASK;
ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != 0);
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
DMU_TX_DIRTY_BUF(tx, db);
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* Shouldn't dirty a regular buffer in syncing context. Private
* objects may be dirtied in syncing context, but only if they
* were already pre-dirtied in open context.
*/
#ifdef DEBUG
if (dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset != NULL) {
rrw_enter(&dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset->ds_bp_rwlock,
RW_READER, FTAG);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(!dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx) ||
BP_IS_HOLE(dn->dn_objset->os_rootbp) ||
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
DMU_OBJECT_IS_SPECIAL(dn->dn_object) ||
dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset == NULL);
if (dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset != NULL)
rrw_exit(&dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset->ds_bp_rwlock, FTAG);
#endif
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* We make this assert for private objects as well, but after we
* check if we're already dirty. They are allowed to re-dirty
* in syncing context.
*/
ASSERT(dn->dn_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT ||
dn->dn_dirtyctx == DN_UNDIRTIED || dn->dn_dirtyctx ==
(dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx) ? DN_DIRTY_SYNC : DN_DIRTY_OPEN));
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
/*
* XXX make this true for indirects too? The problem is that
* transactions created with dmu_tx_create_assigned() from
* syncing context don't bother holding ahead.
*/
ASSERT(db->db_level != 0 ||
db->db_state == DB_CACHED || db->db_state == DB_FILL ||
db->db_state == DB_NOFILL);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
/*
* Don't set dirtyctx to SYNC if we're just modifying this as we
* initialize the objset.
*/
if (dn->dn_dirtyctx == DN_UNDIRTIED) {
if (dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset != NULL) {
rrw_enter(&dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset->ds_bp_rwlock,
RW_READER, FTAG);
}
if (!BP_IS_HOLE(dn->dn_objset->os_rootbp)) {
dn->dn_dirtyctx = (dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx) ?
DN_DIRTY_SYNC : DN_DIRTY_OPEN);
ASSERT(dn->dn_dirtyctx_firstset == NULL);
dn->dn_dirtyctx_firstset = kmem_alloc(1, KM_SLEEP);
}
if (dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset != NULL) {
rrw_exit(&dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset->ds_bp_rwlock,
FTAG);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID)
dn->dn_have_spill = B_TRUE;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* If this buffer is already dirty, we're done.
*/
drp = &db->db_last_dirty;
ASSERT(*drp == NULL || (*drp)->dr_txg <= tx->tx_txg ||
db->db.db_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT);
while ((dr = *drp) != NULL && dr->dr_txg > tx->tx_txg)
drp = &dr->dr_next;
if (dr && dr->dr_txg == tx->tx_txg) {
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
dbuf_redirty(dr);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
return (dr);
}
/*
* Only valid if not already dirty.
*/
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
ASSERT(dn->dn_object == 0 ||
dn->dn_dirtyctx == DN_UNDIRTIED || dn->dn_dirtyctx ==
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
(dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx) ? DN_DIRTY_SYNC : DN_DIRTY_OPEN));
ASSERT3U(dn->dn_nlevels, >, db->db_level);
ASSERT((dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels == 0 && db->db_level == 0) ||
dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels > db->db_level ||
dn->dn_next_nlevels[txgoff] > db->db_level ||
dn->dn_next_nlevels[(tx->tx_txg-1) & TXG_MASK] > db->db_level ||
dn->dn_next_nlevels[(tx->tx_txg-2) & TXG_MASK] > db->db_level);
/*
* We should only be dirtying in syncing context if it's the
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
* mos or we're initializing the os or it's a special object.
* However, we are allowed to dirty in syncing context provided
* we already dirtied it in open context. Hence we must make
* this assertion only if we're not already dirty.
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
*/
os = dn->dn_objset;
#ifdef DEBUG
if (dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset != NULL)
rrw_enter(&os->os_dsl_dataset->ds_bp_rwlock, RW_READER, FTAG);
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
ASSERT(!dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx) || DMU_OBJECT_IS_SPECIAL(dn->dn_object) ||
os->os_dsl_dataset == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(os->os_rootbp));
if (dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset != NULL)
rrw_exit(&os->os_dsl_dataset->ds_bp_rwlock, FTAG);
#endif
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(db->db.db_size != 0);
dprintf_dbuf(db, "size=%llx\n", (u_longlong_t)db->db.db_size);
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
OpenZFS 7793 - ztest fails assertion in dmu_tx_willuse_space Reviewed by: Steve Gonczi <steve.gonczi@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Background information: This assertion about tx_space_* verifies that we are not dirtying more stuff than we thought we would. We “need” to know how much we will dirty so that we can check if we should fail this transaction with ENOSPC/EDQUOT, in dmu_tx_assign(). While the transaction is open (i.e. between dmu_tx_assign() and dmu_tx_commit() — typically less than a millisecond), we call dbuf_dirty() on the exact blocks that will be modified. Once this happens, the temporary accounting in tx_space_* is unnecessary, because we know exactly what blocks are newly dirtied; we call dnode_willuse_space() to track this more exact accounting. The fundamental problem causing this bug is that dmu_tx_hold_*() relies on the current state in the DMU (e.g. dn_nlevels) to predict how much will be dirtied by this transaction, but this state can change before we actually perform the transaction (i.e. call dbuf_dirty()). This bug will be fixed by removing the assertion that the tx_space_* accounting is perfectly accurate (i.e. we never dirty more than was predicted by dmu_tx_hold_*()). By removing the requirement that this accounting be perfectly accurate, we can also vastly simplify it, e.g. removing most of the logic in dmu_tx_count_*(). The new tx space accounting will be very approximate, and may be more or less than what is actually dirtied. It will still be used to determine if this transaction will put us over quota. Transactions that are marked by dmu_tx_mark_netfree() will be excepted from this check. We won’t make an attempt to determine how much space will be freed by the transaction — this was rarely accurate enough to determine if a transaction should be permitted when we are over quota, which is why dmu_tx_mark_netfree() was introduced in 2014. We also won’t attempt to give “credit” when overwriting existing blocks, if those blocks may be freed. This allows us to remove the do_free_accounting logic in dbuf_dirty(), and associated routines. This logic attempted to predict what will be on disk when this txg syncs, to know if the overwritten block will be freed (i.e. exists, and has no snapshots). OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7793 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3704e0a Upstream bugs: DLPX-32883a Closes #5804 Porting notes: - DNODE_SIZE replaced with DNODE_MIN_SIZE in dmu_tx_count_dnode(), Using the default dnode size would be slightly better. - DEBUG_DMU_TX wrappers and configure option removed. - Resolved _by_dnode() conflicts these changes have not yet been applied to OpenZFS.
2017-03-07 17:51:59 +00:00
dmu_objset_willuse_space(os, db->db.db_size, tx);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
/*
* If this buffer is dirty in an old transaction group we need
* to make a copy of it so that the changes we make in this
* transaction group won't leak out when we sync the older txg.
*/
dr = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (dbuf_dirty_record_t), KM_SLEEP);
list_link_init(&dr->dr_dirty_node);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (db->db_level == 0) {
void *data_old = db->db_buf;
if (db->db_state != DB_NOFILL) {
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
dbuf_fix_old_data(db, tx->tx_txg);
data_old = db->db.db_data;
} else if (db->db.db_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT) {
/*
* Release the data buffer from the cache so
* that we can modify it without impacting
* possible other users of this cached data
* block. Note that indirect blocks and
* private objects are not released until the
* syncing state (since they are only modified
* then).
*/
arc_release(db->db_buf, db);
dbuf_fix_old_data(db, tx->tx_txg);
data_old = db->db_buf;
}
ASSERT(data_old != NULL);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
dr->dt.dl.dr_data = data_old;
} else {
Identify locks flagged by lockdep When running a kernel with CONFIG_LOCKDEP=y, lockdep reports possible recursive locking in some cases and possible circular locking dependency in others, within the SPL and ZFS modules. This patch uses a mutex type defined in SPL, MUTEX_NOLOCKDEP, to mark such mutexes when they are initialized. This mutex type causes attempts to take or release those locks to be wrapped in lockdep_off() and lockdep_on() calls to silence the dependency checker and allow the use of lock_stats to examine contention. For RW locks, it uses an analogous lock type, RW_NOLOCKDEP. The goal is that these locks are ultimately changed back to type MUTEX_DEFAULT or RW_DEFAULT, after the locks are annotated to reflect their relationship (e.g. z_name_lock below) or any real problem with the lock dependencies are fixed. Some of the affected locks are: tc_open_lock: ============= This is an array of locks, all with same name, which txg_quiesce must take all of in order to move txg to next state. All default to the same lockdep class, and so to lockdep appears recursive. zp->z_name_lock: ================ In zfs_rmdir, dzp = znode for the directory (input to zfs_dirent_lock) zp = znode for the entry being removed (output of zfs_dirent_lock) zfs_rmdir()->zfs_dirent_lock() takes z_name_lock in dzp zfs_rmdir() takes z_name_lock in zp Since both dzp and zp are type znode_t, the locks have the same default class, and lockdep considers it a possible recursive lock attempt. l->l_rwlock: ============ zap_expand_leaf() sometimes creates two new zap leaf structures, via these call paths: zap_deref_leaf()->zap_get_leaf_byblk()->zap_leaf_open() zap_expand_leaf()->zap_create_leaf()->zap_expand_leaf()->zap_create_leaf() Because both zap_leaf_open() and zap_create_leaf() initialize l->l_rwlock in their (separate) leaf structures, the lockdep class is the same, and the linux kernel believes these might both be the same lock, and emits a possible recursive lock warning. Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3895
2015-10-15 20:08:27 +00:00
mutex_init(&dr->dt.di.dr_mtx, NULL, MUTEX_NOLOCKDEP, NULL);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
list_create(&dr->dt.di.dr_children,
sizeof (dbuf_dirty_record_t),
offsetof(dbuf_dirty_record_t, dr_dirty_node));
}
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 03:01:20 +00:00
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID && os->os_dsl_dataset != NULL)
dr->dr_accounted = db->db.db_size;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dr->dr_dbuf = db;
dr->dr_txg = tx->tx_txg;
dr->dr_next = *drp;
*drp = dr;
/*
* We could have been freed_in_flight between the dbuf_noread
* and dbuf_dirty. We win, as though the dbuf_noread() had
* happened after the free.
*/
if (db->db_level == 0 && db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID &&
db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
if (dn->dn_free_ranges[txgoff] != NULL) {
range_tree_clear(dn->dn_free_ranges[txgoff],
db->db_blkid, 1);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
db->db_freed_in_flight = FALSE;
}
/*
* This buffer is now part of this txg
*/
dbuf_add_ref(db, (void *)(uintptr_t)tx->tx_txg);
db->db_dirtycnt += 1;
ASSERT3U(db->db_dirtycnt, <=, 3);
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID ||
db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
ASSERT(!list_link_active(&dr->dr_dirty_node));
list_insert_tail(&dn->dn_dirty_records[txgoff], dr);
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
dnode_setdirty(dn, tx);
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
return (dr);
}
/*
* The dn_struct_rwlock prevents db_blkptr from changing
* due to a write from syncing context completing
* while we are running, so we want to acquire it before
* looking at db_blkptr.
*/
if (!RW_WRITE_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock)) {
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_READER);
drop_struct_lock = TRUE;
}
OpenZFS 7793 - ztest fails assertion in dmu_tx_willuse_space Reviewed by: Steve Gonczi <steve.gonczi@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Background information: This assertion about tx_space_* verifies that we are not dirtying more stuff than we thought we would. We “need” to know how much we will dirty so that we can check if we should fail this transaction with ENOSPC/EDQUOT, in dmu_tx_assign(). While the transaction is open (i.e. between dmu_tx_assign() and dmu_tx_commit() — typically less than a millisecond), we call dbuf_dirty() on the exact blocks that will be modified. Once this happens, the temporary accounting in tx_space_* is unnecessary, because we know exactly what blocks are newly dirtied; we call dnode_willuse_space() to track this more exact accounting. The fundamental problem causing this bug is that dmu_tx_hold_*() relies on the current state in the DMU (e.g. dn_nlevels) to predict how much will be dirtied by this transaction, but this state can change before we actually perform the transaction (i.e. call dbuf_dirty()). This bug will be fixed by removing the assertion that the tx_space_* accounting is perfectly accurate (i.e. we never dirty more than was predicted by dmu_tx_hold_*()). By removing the requirement that this accounting be perfectly accurate, we can also vastly simplify it, e.g. removing most of the logic in dmu_tx_count_*(). The new tx space accounting will be very approximate, and may be more or less than what is actually dirtied. It will still be used to determine if this transaction will put us over quota. Transactions that are marked by dmu_tx_mark_netfree() will be excepted from this check. We won’t make an attempt to determine how much space will be freed by the transaction — this was rarely accurate enough to determine if a transaction should be permitted when we are over quota, which is why dmu_tx_mark_netfree() was introduced in 2014. We also won’t attempt to give “credit” when overwriting existing blocks, if those blocks may be freed. This allows us to remove the do_free_accounting logic in dbuf_dirty(), and associated routines. This logic attempted to predict what will be on disk when this txg syncs, to know if the overwritten block will be freed (i.e. exists, and has no snapshots). OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7793 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3704e0a Upstream bugs: DLPX-32883a Closes #5804 Porting notes: - DNODE_SIZE replaced with DNODE_MIN_SIZE in dmu_tx_count_dnode(), Using the default dnode size would be slightly better. - DEBUG_DMU_TX wrappers and configure option removed. - Resolved _by_dnode() conflicts these changes have not yet been applied to OpenZFS.
2017-03-07 17:51:59 +00:00
/*
* If we are overwriting a dedup BP, then unless it is snapshotted,
* when we get to syncing context we will need to decrement its
* refcount in the DDT. Prefetch the relevant DDT block so that
* syncing context won't have to wait for the i/o.
*/
ddt_prefetch(os->os_spa, db->db_blkptr);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (db->db_level == 0) {
dnode_new_blkid(dn, db->db_blkid, tx, drop_struct_lock);
ASSERT(dn->dn_maxblkid >= db->db_blkid);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (db->db_level+1 < dn->dn_nlevels) {
dmu_buf_impl_t *parent = db->db_parent;
dbuf_dirty_record_t *di;
int parent_held = FALSE;
if (db->db_parent == NULL || db->db_parent == dn->dn_dbuf) {
int epbs = dn->dn_indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT;
parent = dbuf_hold_level(dn, db->db_level+1,
db->db_blkid >> epbs, FTAG);
ASSERT(parent != NULL);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
parent_held = TRUE;
}
if (drop_struct_lock)
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
ASSERT3U(db->db_level+1, ==, parent->db_level);
di = dbuf_dirty(parent, tx);
if (parent_held)
dbuf_rele(parent, FTAG);
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 03:01:20 +00:00
/*
* Since we've dropped the mutex, it's possible that
* dbuf_undirty() might have changed this out from under us.
*/
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (db->db_last_dirty == dr ||
dn->dn_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT) {
mutex_enter(&di->dt.di.dr_mtx);
ASSERT3U(di->dr_txg, ==, tx->tx_txg);
ASSERT(!list_link_active(&dr->dr_dirty_node));
list_insert_tail(&di->dt.di.dr_children, dr);
mutex_exit(&di->dt.di.dr_mtx);
dr->dr_parent = di;
}
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
} else {
ASSERT(db->db_level+1 == dn->dn_nlevels);
ASSERT(db->db_blkid < dn->dn_nblkptr);
ASSERT(db->db_parent == NULL || db->db_parent == dn->dn_dbuf);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
ASSERT(!list_link_active(&dr->dr_dirty_node));
list_insert_tail(&dn->dn_dirty_records[txgoff], dr);
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
if (drop_struct_lock)
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
}
dnode_setdirty(dn, tx);
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
return (dr);
}
/*
* Undirty a buffer in the transaction group referenced by the given
* transaction. Return whether this evicted the dbuf.
*/
static boolean_t
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dbuf_undirty(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
dnode_t *dn;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr, **drp;
ASSERT(txg != 0);
/*
* Due to our use of dn_nlevels below, this can only be called
* in open context, unless we are operating on the MOS.
* From syncing context, dn_nlevels may be different from the
* dn_nlevels used when dbuf was dirtied.
*/
ASSERT(db->db_objset ==
dmu_objset_pool(db->db_objset)->dp_meta_objset ||
txg != spa_syncing_txg(dmu_objset_spa(db->db_objset)));
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
ASSERT0(db->db_level);
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* If this buffer is not dirty, we're done.
*/
for (drp = &db->db_last_dirty; (dr = *drp) != NULL; drp = &dr->dr_next)
if (dr->dr_txg <= txg)
break;
if (dr == NULL || dr->dr_txg < txg)
return (B_FALSE);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(dr->dr_txg == txg);
ASSERT(dr->dr_dbuf == db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dprintf_dbuf(db, "size=%llx\n", (u_longlong_t)db->db.db_size);
ASSERT(db->db.db_size != 0);
dsl_pool_undirty_space(dmu_objset_pool(dn->dn_objset),
dr->dr_accounted, txg);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
*drp = dr->dr_next;
/*
* Note that there are three places in dbuf_dirty()
* where this dirty record may be put on a list.
* Make sure to do a list_remove corresponding to
* every one of those list_insert calls.
*/
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (dr->dr_parent) {
mutex_enter(&dr->dr_parent->dt.di.dr_mtx);
list_remove(&dr->dr_parent->dt.di.dr_children, dr);
mutex_exit(&dr->dr_parent->dt.di.dr_mtx);
} else if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID ||
db->db_level + 1 == dn->dn_nlevels) {
ASSERT(db->db_blkptr == NULL || db->db_parent == dn->dn_dbuf);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
list_remove(&dn->dn_dirty_records[txg & TXG_MASK], dr);
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
}
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (db->db_state != DB_NOFILL) {
dbuf_unoverride(dr);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(db->db_buf != NULL);
ASSERT(dr->dt.dl.dr_data != NULL);
if (dr->dt.dl.dr_data != db->db_buf)
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
arc_buf_destroy(dr->dt.dl.dr_data, db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
kmem_free(dr, sizeof (dbuf_dirty_record_t));
ASSERT(db->db_dirtycnt > 0);
db->db_dirtycnt -= 1;
if (refcount_remove(&db->db_holds, (void *)(uintptr_t)txg) == 0) {
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_NOFILL || arc_released(db->db_buf));
dbuf_destroy(db);
return (B_TRUE);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
return (B_FALSE);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
void
dmu_buf_will_dirty(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_tx_t *tx)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
int rf = DB_RF_MUST_SUCCEED | DB_RF_NOPREFETCH;
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != 0);
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
/*
* Quick check for dirtyness. For already dirty blocks, this
* reduces runtime of this function by >90%, and overall performance
* by 50% for some workloads (e.g. file deletion with indirect blocks
* cached).
*/
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
for (dr = db->db_last_dirty;
dr != NULL && dr->dr_txg >= tx->tx_txg; dr = dr->dr_next) {
/*
* It's possible that it is already dirty but not cached,
* because there are some calls to dbuf_dirty() that don't
* go through dmu_buf_will_dirty().
*/
if (dr->dr_txg == tx->tx_txg && db->db_state == DB_CACHED) {
/* This dbuf is already dirty and cached. */
dbuf_redirty(dr);
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
return;
}
}
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
if (RW_WRITE_HELD(&DB_DNODE(db)->dn_struct_rwlock))
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
rf |= DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT;
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
(void) dbuf_read(db, NULL, rf);
(void) dbuf_dirty(db, tx);
}
void
dmu_buf_will_not_fill(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
db->db_state = DB_NOFILL;
dmu_buf_will_fill(db_fake, tx);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
void
dmu_buf_will_fill(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != 0);
ASSERT(db->db_level == 0);
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
ASSERT(db->db.db_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT ||
dmu_tx_private_ok(tx));
dbuf_noread(db);
(void) dbuf_dirty(db, tx);
}
#pragma weak dmu_buf_fill_done = dbuf_fill_done
/* ARGSUSED */
void
dbuf_fill_done(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
if (db->db_state == DB_FILL) {
if (db->db_level == 0 && db->db_freed_in_flight) {
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* we were freed while filling */
/* XXX dbuf_undirty? */
bzero(db->db.db_data, db->db.db_size);
db->db_freed_in_flight = FALSE;
}
db->db_state = DB_CACHED;
cv_broadcast(&db->db_changed);
}
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
}
void
dmu_buf_write_embedded(dmu_buf_t *dbuf, void *data,
bp_embedded_type_t etype, enum zio_compress comp,
int uncompressed_size, int compressed_size, int byteorder,
dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)dbuf;
struct dirty_leaf *dl;
dmu_object_type_t type;
if (etype == BP_EMBEDDED_TYPE_DATA) {
ASSERT(spa_feature_is_active(dmu_objset_spa(db->db_objset),
SPA_FEATURE_EMBEDDED_DATA));
}
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
type = DB_DNODE(db)->dn_type;
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
ASSERT0(db->db_level);
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
dmu_buf_will_not_fill(dbuf, tx);
ASSERT3U(db->db_last_dirty->dr_txg, ==, tx->tx_txg);
dl = &db->db_last_dirty->dt.dl;
encode_embedded_bp_compressed(&dl->dr_overridden_by,
data, comp, uncompressed_size, compressed_size);
BPE_SET_ETYPE(&dl->dr_overridden_by, etype);
BP_SET_TYPE(&dl->dr_overridden_by, type);
BP_SET_LEVEL(&dl->dr_overridden_by, 0);
BP_SET_BYTEORDER(&dl->dr_overridden_by, byteorder);
dl->dr_override_state = DR_OVERRIDDEN;
dl->dr_overridden_by.blk_birth = db->db_last_dirty->dr_txg;
}
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
/*
* Directly assign a provided arc buf to a given dbuf if it's not referenced
* by anybody except our caller. Otherwise copy arcbuf's contents to dbuf.
*/
void
dbuf_assign_arcbuf(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, arc_buf_t *buf, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
ASSERT(db->db_level == 0);
ASSERT3U(dbuf_is_metadata(db), ==, arc_is_metadata(buf));
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
ASSERT(buf != NULL);
ASSERT(arc_buf_lsize(buf) == db->db.db_size);
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != 0);
arc_return_buf(buf, db);
ASSERT(arc_released(buf));
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
while (db->db_state == DB_READ || db->db_state == DB_FILL)
cv_wait(&db->db_changed, &db->db_mtx);
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_CACHED || db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED);
if (db->db_state == DB_CACHED &&
refcount_count(&db->db_holds) - 1 > db->db_dirtycnt) {
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
(void) dbuf_dirty(db, tx);
bcopy(buf->b_data, db->db.db_data, db->db.db_size);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
arc_buf_destroy(buf, db);
xuio_stat_wbuf_copied();
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
return;
}
xuio_stat_wbuf_nocopy();
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
if (db->db_state == DB_CACHED) {
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr = db->db_last_dirty;
ASSERT(db->db_buf != NULL);
if (dr != NULL && dr->dr_txg == tx->tx_txg) {
ASSERT(dr->dt.dl.dr_data == db->db_buf);
if (!arc_released(db->db_buf)) {
ASSERT(dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state ==
DR_OVERRIDDEN);
arc_release(db->db_buf, db);
}
dr->dt.dl.dr_data = buf;
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
arc_buf_destroy(db->db_buf, db);
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
} else if (dr == NULL || dr->dt.dl.dr_data != db->db_buf) {
arc_release(db->db_buf, db);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
arc_buf_destroy(db->db_buf, db);
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
}
db->db_buf = NULL;
}
ASSERT(db->db_buf == NULL);
dbuf_set_data(db, buf);
db->db_state = DB_FILL;
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
(void) dbuf_dirty(db, tx);
dmu_buf_fill_done(&db->db, tx);
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
void
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
dbuf_destroy(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
dnode_t *dn;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dmu_buf_impl_t *parent = db->db_parent;
dmu_buf_impl_t *dndb;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
ASSERT(refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
if (db->db_buf != NULL) {
arc_buf_destroy(db->db_buf, db);
db->db_buf = NULL;
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
int slots = DB_DNODE(db)->dn_num_slots;
int bonuslen = DN_SLOTS_TO_BONUSLEN(slots);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(db->db.db_data != NULL);
kmem_free(db->db.db_data, bonuslen);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
arc_space_return(bonuslen, ARC_SPACE_BONUS);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_state = DB_UNCACHED;
}
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
dbuf_clear_data(db);
if (multilist_link_active(&db->db_cache_link)) {
multilist_remove(&dbuf_cache, db);
(void) refcount_remove_many(&dbuf_cache_size,
db->db.db_size, db);
}
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED || db->db_state == DB_NOFILL);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(db->db_data_pending == NULL);
db->db_state = DB_EVICTING;
db->db_blkptr = NULL;
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
/*
* Now that db_state is DB_EVICTING, nobody else can find this via
* the hash table. We can now drop db_mtx, which allows us to
* acquire the dn_dbufs_mtx.
*/
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
dndb = dn->dn_dbuf;
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
boolean_t needlock = !MUTEX_HELD(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
if (needlock)
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
avl_remove(&dn->dn_dbufs, db);
atomic_dec_32(&dn->dn_dbufs_count);
membar_producer();
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
if (needlock)
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
/*
* Decrementing the dbuf count means that the hold corresponding
* to the removed dbuf is no longer discounted in dnode_move(),
* so the dnode cannot be moved until after we release the hold.
* The membar_producer() ensures visibility of the decremented
* value in dnode_move(), since DB_DNODE_EXIT doesn't actually
* release any lock.
*/
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dnode_rele(dn, db);
db->db_dnode_handle = NULL;
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
dbuf_hash_remove(db);
} else {
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
ASSERT(refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
db->db_parent = NULL;
ASSERT(db->db_buf == NULL);
ASSERT(db->db.db_data == NULL);
ASSERT(db->db_hash_next == NULL);
ASSERT(db->db_blkptr == NULL);
ASSERT(db->db_data_pending == NULL);
ASSERT(!multilist_link_active(&db->db_cache_link));
kmem_cache_free(dbuf_kmem_cache, db);
arc_space_return(sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t), ARC_SPACE_DBUF);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* If this dbuf is referenced from an indirect dbuf,
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
* decrement the ref count on the indirect dbuf.
*/
if (parent && parent != dndb)
dbuf_rele(parent, db);
}
/*
* Note: While bpp will always be updated if the function returns success,
* parentp will not be updated if the dnode does not have dn_dbuf filled in;
* this happens when the dnode is the meta-dnode, or a userused or groupused
* object.
*/
__attribute__((always_inline))
static inline int
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dbuf_findbp(dnode_t *dn, int level, uint64_t blkid, int fail_sparse,
dmu_buf_impl_t **parentp, blkptr_t **bpp, struct dbuf_hold_impl_data *dh)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
int nlevels, epbs;
*parentp = NULL;
*bpp = NULL;
ASSERT(blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
if (blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
if (dn->dn_have_spill &&
(dn->dn_phys->dn_flags & DNODE_FLAG_SPILL_BLKPTR))
Implement large_dnode pool feature Justification ------------- This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be significant. ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore provide a performance benefit to such systems. Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore, this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future applications or features are developed that could make use of a larger bonus buffer area. Implementation -------------- The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block. This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software. Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk. Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to represent size for a dnode_t. The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to "legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable automatically-sized dnodes, run # zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property. These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface. Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k, and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value. The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size. New DMU interfaces: dmu_object_alloc_dnsize() dmu_object_claim_dnsize() dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize() New ZAP interfaces: zap_create_dnsize() zap_create_norm_dnsize() zap_create_flags_dnsize() zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize() zap_create_link_dnsize() The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum bonus length for a pool. These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions: * The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter. When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind, these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE. If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0. dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case it returns ENOENT. * The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object. This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid starting point for a dnode. * dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it as a valid dnode. zdb --- The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the "dnsize" column when the object is dumped. For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for the object. ztest ----- Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to better simulate real-world datasets. Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data patterns. ZFS Test Suite -------------- Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv. Send/Receive ------------ ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive will fail gracefully. While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512 byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream. For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes, the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding in the structure. ZIL Replay ---------- The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at 48 bits. Resizing Dnodes --------------- It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode. Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode feature. Feature Reference Counting -------------------------- The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to the large_block feature. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
*bpp = DN_SPILL_BLKPTR(dn->dn_phys);
else
*bpp = NULL;
dbuf_add_ref(dn->dn_dbuf, NULL);
*parentp = dn->dn_dbuf;
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
return (0);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
nlevels =
(dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels == 0) ? 1 : dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
epbs = dn->dn_indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT;
ASSERT3U(level * epbs, <, 64);
ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
/*
* This assertion shouldn't trip as long as the max indirect block size
* is less than 1M. The reason for this is that up to that point,
* the number of levels required to address an entire object with blocks
* of size SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE satisfies nlevels * epbs + 1 <= 64. In
* other words, if N * epbs + 1 > 64, then if (N-1) * epbs + 1 > 55
* (i.e. we can address the entire object), objects will all use at most
* N-1 levels and the assertion won't overflow. However, once epbs is
* 13, 4 * 13 + 1 = 53, but 5 * 13 + 1 = 66. Then, 4 levels will not be
* enough to address an entire object, so objects will have 5 levels,
* but then this assertion will overflow.
*
* All this is to say that if we ever increase DN_MAX_INDBLKSHIFT, we
* need to redo this logic to handle overflows.
*/
ASSERT(level >= nlevels ||
((nlevels - level - 1) * epbs) +
highbit64(dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr) <= 64);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (level >= nlevels ||
blkid >= ((uint64_t)dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr <<
((nlevels - level - 1) * epbs)) ||
(fail_sparse &&
blkid > (dn->dn_phys->dn_maxblkid >> (level * epbs)))) {
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* the buffer has no parent yet */
return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
} else if (level < nlevels-1) {
/* this block is referenced from an indirect block */
int err;
if (dh == NULL) {
err = dbuf_hold_impl(dn, level+1,
blkid >> epbs, fail_sparse, FALSE, NULL, parentp);
} else {
__dbuf_hold_impl_init(dh + 1, dn, dh->dh_level + 1,
blkid >> epbs, fail_sparse, FALSE, NULL,
parentp, dh->dh_depth + 1);
err = __dbuf_hold_impl(dh + 1);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (err)
return (err);
err = dbuf_read(*parentp, NULL,
(DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT | DB_RF_NOPREFETCH | DB_RF_CANFAIL));
if (err) {
dbuf_rele(*parentp, NULL);
*parentp = NULL;
return (err);
}
*bpp = ((blkptr_t *)(*parentp)->db.db_data) +
(blkid & ((1ULL << epbs) - 1));
if (blkid > (dn->dn_phys->dn_maxblkid >> (level * epbs)))
ASSERT(BP_IS_HOLE(*bpp));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
return (0);
} else {
/* the block is referenced from the dnode */
ASSERT3U(level, ==, nlevels-1);
ASSERT(dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr == 0 ||
blkid < dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr);
if (dn->dn_dbuf) {
dbuf_add_ref(dn->dn_dbuf, NULL);
*parentp = dn->dn_dbuf;
}
*bpp = &dn->dn_phys->dn_blkptr[blkid];
return (0);
}
}
static dmu_buf_impl_t *
dbuf_create(dnode_t *dn, uint8_t level, uint64_t blkid,
dmu_buf_impl_t *parent, blkptr_t *blkptr)
{
objset_t *os = dn->dn_objset;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dmu_buf_impl_t *db, *odb;
ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
ASSERT(dn->dn_type != DMU_OT_NONE);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
db = kmem_cache_alloc(dbuf_kmem_cache, KM_SLEEP);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_objset = os;
db->db.db_object = dn->dn_object;
db->db_level = level;
db->db_blkid = blkid;
db->db_last_dirty = NULL;
db->db_dirtycnt = 0;
db->db_dnode_handle = dn->dn_handle;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_parent = parent;
db->db_blkptr = blkptr;
db->db_user = NULL;
db->db_user_immediate_evict = FALSE;
db->db_freed_in_flight = FALSE;
db->db_pending_evict = FALSE;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT3P(parent, ==, dn->dn_dbuf);
Implement large_dnode pool feature Justification ------------- This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be significant. ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore provide a performance benefit to such systems. Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore, this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future applications or features are developed that could make use of a larger bonus buffer area. Implementation -------------- The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block. This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software. Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk. Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to represent size for a dnode_t. The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to "legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable automatically-sized dnodes, run # zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property. These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface. Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k, and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value. The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size. New DMU interfaces: dmu_object_alloc_dnsize() dmu_object_claim_dnsize() dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize() New ZAP interfaces: zap_create_dnsize() zap_create_norm_dnsize() zap_create_flags_dnsize() zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize() zap_create_link_dnsize() The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum bonus length for a pool. These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions: * The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter. When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind, these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE. If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0. dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case it returns ENOENT. * The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object. This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid starting point for a dnode. * dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it as a valid dnode. zdb --- The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the "dnsize" column when the object is dumped. For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for the object. ztest ----- Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to better simulate real-world datasets. Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data patterns. ZFS Test Suite -------------- Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv. Send/Receive ------------ ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive will fail gracefully. While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512 byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream. For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes, the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding in the structure. ZIL Replay ---------- The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at 48 bits. Resizing Dnodes --------------- It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode. Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode feature. Feature Reference Counting -------------------------- The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to the large_block feature. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
db->db.db_size = DN_SLOTS_TO_BONUSLEN(dn->dn_num_slots) -
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
(dn->dn_nblkptr-1) * sizeof (blkptr_t);
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_size, >=, dn->dn_bonuslen);
db->db.db_offset = DMU_BONUS_BLKID;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_state = DB_UNCACHED;
/* the bonus dbuf is not placed in the hash table */
Limit the amount of dnode metadata in the ARC Metadata-intensive workloads can cause the ARC to become permanently filled with dnode_t objects as they're pinned by the VFS layer. Subsequent data-intensive workloads may only benefit from about 25% of the potential ARC (arc_c_max - arc_meta_limit). In order to help track metadata usage more precisely, the other_size metadata arcstat has replaced with dbuf_size, dnode_size and bonus_size. The new zfs_arc_dnode_limit tunable, which defaults to 10% of zfs_arc_meta_limit, defines the minimum number of bytes which is desirable to be consumed by dnodes. Attempts to evict non-metadata will trigger async prune tasks if the space used by dnodes exceeds this limit. The new zfs_arc_dnode_reduce_percent tunable specifies the amount by which the excess dnode space is attempted to be pruned as a percentage of the amount by which zfs_arc_dnode_limit is being exceeded. By default, it tries to unpin 10% of the dnodes. The problem of dnode metadata pinning was observed with the following testing procedure (in this example, zfs_arc_max is set to 4GiB): - Create a large number of small files until arc_meta_used exceeds arc_meta_limit (3GiB with default tuning) and arc_prune starts increasing. - Create a 3GiB file with dd. Observe arc_mata_used. It will still be around 3GiB. - Repeatedly read the 3GiB file and observe arc_meta_limit as before. It will continue to stay around 3GiB. With this modification, space for the 3GiB file is gradually made available as subsequent demands on the ARC are made. The previous behavior can be restored by setting zfs_arc_dnode_limit to the same value as the zfs_arc_meta_limit. Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Issue #4345 Issue #4512 Issue #4773 Closes #4858
2016-07-13 12:42:40 +00:00
arc_space_consume(sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t), ARC_SPACE_DBUF);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
return (db);
} else if (blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
db->db.db_size = (blkptr != NULL) ?
BP_GET_LSIZE(blkptr) : SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE;
db->db.db_offset = 0;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
} else {
int blocksize =
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 03:01:20 +00:00
db->db_level ? 1 << dn->dn_indblkshift : dn->dn_datablksz;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db.db_size = blocksize;
db->db.db_offset = db->db_blkid * blocksize;
}
/*
* Hold the dn_dbufs_mtx while we get the new dbuf
* in the hash table *and* added to the dbufs list.
* This prevents a possible deadlock with someone
* trying to look up this dbuf before its added to the
* dn_dbufs list.
*/
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
db->db_state = DB_EVICTING;
if ((odb = dbuf_hash_insert(db)) != NULL) {
/* someone else inserted it first */
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
kmem_cache_free(dbuf_kmem_cache, db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
return (odb);
}
avl_add(&dn->dn_dbufs, db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_state = DB_UNCACHED;
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
Limit the amount of dnode metadata in the ARC Metadata-intensive workloads can cause the ARC to become permanently filled with dnode_t objects as they're pinned by the VFS layer. Subsequent data-intensive workloads may only benefit from about 25% of the potential ARC (arc_c_max - arc_meta_limit). In order to help track metadata usage more precisely, the other_size metadata arcstat has replaced with dbuf_size, dnode_size and bonus_size. The new zfs_arc_dnode_limit tunable, which defaults to 10% of zfs_arc_meta_limit, defines the minimum number of bytes which is desirable to be consumed by dnodes. Attempts to evict non-metadata will trigger async prune tasks if the space used by dnodes exceeds this limit. The new zfs_arc_dnode_reduce_percent tunable specifies the amount by which the excess dnode space is attempted to be pruned as a percentage of the amount by which zfs_arc_dnode_limit is being exceeded. By default, it tries to unpin 10% of the dnodes. The problem of dnode metadata pinning was observed with the following testing procedure (in this example, zfs_arc_max is set to 4GiB): - Create a large number of small files until arc_meta_used exceeds arc_meta_limit (3GiB with default tuning) and arc_prune starts increasing. - Create a 3GiB file with dd. Observe arc_mata_used. It will still be around 3GiB. - Repeatedly read the 3GiB file and observe arc_meta_limit as before. It will continue to stay around 3GiB. With this modification, space for the 3GiB file is gradually made available as subsequent demands on the ARC are made. The previous behavior can be restored by setting zfs_arc_dnode_limit to the same value as the zfs_arc_meta_limit. Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Issue #4345 Issue #4512 Issue #4773 Closes #4858
2016-07-13 12:42:40 +00:00
arc_space_consume(sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t), ARC_SPACE_DBUF);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (parent && parent != dn->dn_dbuf)
dbuf_add_ref(parent, db);
ASSERT(dn->dn_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT ||
refcount_count(&dn->dn_holds) > 0);
(void) refcount_add(&dn->dn_holds, db);
atomic_inc_32(&dn->dn_dbufs_count);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dprintf_dbuf(db, "db=%p\n", db);
return (db);
}
typedef struct dbuf_prefetch_arg {
spa_t *dpa_spa; /* The spa to issue the prefetch in. */
zbookmark_phys_t dpa_zb; /* The target block to prefetch. */
int dpa_epbs; /* Entries (blkptr_t's) Per Block Shift. */
int dpa_curlevel; /* The current level that we're reading */
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
dnode_t *dpa_dnode; /* The dnode associated with the prefetch */
zio_priority_t dpa_prio; /* The priority I/Os should be issued at. */
zio_t *dpa_zio; /* The parent zio_t for all prefetches. */
arc_flags_t dpa_aflags; /* Flags to pass to the final prefetch. */
} dbuf_prefetch_arg_t;
/*
* Actually issue the prefetch read for the block given.
*/
static void
dbuf_issue_final_prefetch(dbuf_prefetch_arg_t *dpa, blkptr_t *bp)
{
arc_flags_t aflags;
if (BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp))
return;
aflags = dpa->dpa_aflags | ARC_FLAG_NOWAIT | ARC_FLAG_PREFETCH;
ASSERT3U(dpa->dpa_curlevel, ==, BP_GET_LEVEL(bp));
ASSERT3U(dpa->dpa_curlevel, ==, dpa->dpa_zb.zb_level);
ASSERT(dpa->dpa_zio != NULL);
(void) arc_read(dpa->dpa_zio, dpa->dpa_spa, bp, NULL, NULL,
dpa->dpa_prio, ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE,
&aflags, &dpa->dpa_zb);
}
/*
* Called when an indirect block above our prefetch target is read in. This
* will either read in the next indirect block down the tree or issue the actual
* prefetch if the next block down is our target.
*/
static void
dbuf_prefetch_indirect_done(zio_t *zio, arc_buf_t *abuf, void *private)
{
dbuf_prefetch_arg_t *dpa = private;
uint64_t nextblkid;
blkptr_t *bp;
ASSERT3S(dpa->dpa_zb.zb_level, <, dpa->dpa_curlevel);
ASSERT3S(dpa->dpa_curlevel, >, 0);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
/*
* The dpa_dnode is only valid if we are called with a NULL
* zio. This indicates that the arc_read() returned without
* first calling zio_read() to issue a physical read. Once
* a physical read is made the dpa_dnode must be invalidated
* as the locks guarding it may have been dropped. If the
* dpa_dnode is still valid, then we want to add it to the dbuf
* cache. To do so, we must hold the dbuf associated with the block
* we just prefetched, read its contents so that we associate it
* with an arc_buf_t, and then release it.
*/
if (zio != NULL) {
ASSERT3S(BP_GET_LEVEL(zio->io_bp), ==, dpa->dpa_curlevel);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
if (zio->io_flags & ZIO_FLAG_RAW) {
ASSERT3U(BP_GET_PSIZE(zio->io_bp), ==, zio->io_size);
} else {
ASSERT3U(BP_GET_LSIZE(zio->io_bp), ==, zio->io_size);
}
ASSERT3P(zio->io_spa, ==, dpa->dpa_spa);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
dpa->dpa_dnode = NULL;
} else if (dpa->dpa_dnode != NULL) {
uint64_t curblkid = dpa->dpa_zb.zb_blkid >>
(dpa->dpa_epbs * (dpa->dpa_curlevel -
dpa->dpa_zb.zb_level));
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dbuf_hold_level(dpa->dpa_dnode,
dpa->dpa_curlevel, curblkid, FTAG);
(void) dbuf_read(db, NULL,
DB_RF_MUST_SUCCEED | DB_RF_NOPREFETCH | DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT);
dbuf_rele(db, FTAG);
}
dpa->dpa_curlevel--;
nextblkid = dpa->dpa_zb.zb_blkid >>
(dpa->dpa_epbs * (dpa->dpa_curlevel - dpa->dpa_zb.zb_level));
bp = ((blkptr_t *)abuf->b_data) +
P2PHASE(nextblkid, 1ULL << dpa->dpa_epbs);
if (BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || (zio != NULL && zio->io_error != 0)) {
kmem_free(dpa, sizeof (*dpa));
} else if (dpa->dpa_curlevel == dpa->dpa_zb.zb_level) {
ASSERT3U(nextblkid, ==, dpa->dpa_zb.zb_blkid);
dbuf_issue_final_prefetch(dpa, bp);
kmem_free(dpa, sizeof (*dpa));
} else {
arc_flags_t iter_aflags = ARC_FLAG_NOWAIT;
zbookmark_phys_t zb;
ASSERT3U(dpa->dpa_curlevel, ==, BP_GET_LEVEL(bp));
SET_BOOKMARK(&zb, dpa->dpa_zb.zb_objset,
dpa->dpa_zb.zb_object, dpa->dpa_curlevel, nextblkid);
(void) arc_read(dpa->dpa_zio, dpa->dpa_spa,
bp, dbuf_prefetch_indirect_done, dpa, dpa->dpa_prio,
ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE,
&iter_aflags, &zb);
}
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
arc_buf_destroy(abuf, private);
}
/*
* Issue prefetch reads for the given block on the given level. If the indirect
* blocks above that block are not in memory, we will read them in
* asynchronously. As a result, this call never blocks waiting for a read to
* complete.
*/
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
void
dbuf_prefetch(dnode_t *dn, int64_t level, uint64_t blkid, zio_priority_t prio,
arc_flags_t aflags)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
blkptr_t bp;
int epbs, nlevels, curlevel;
uint64_t curblkid;
dmu_buf_impl_t *db;
zio_t *pio;
dbuf_prefetch_arg_t *dpa;
dsl_dataset_t *ds;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
if (blkid > dn->dn_maxblkid)
return;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (dnode_block_freed(dn, blkid))
return;
/*
* This dnode hasn't been written to disk yet, so there's nothing to
* prefetch.
*/
nlevels = dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels;
if (level >= nlevels || dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr == 0)
return;
epbs = dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT;
if (dn->dn_phys->dn_maxblkid < blkid << (epbs * level))
return;
db = dbuf_find(dn->dn_objset, dn->dn_object,
level, blkid);
if (db != NULL) {
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
/*
* This dbuf already exists. It is either CACHED, or
* (we assume) about to be read or filled.
*/
return;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
/*
* Find the closest ancestor (indirect block) of the target block
* that is present in the cache. In this indirect block, we will
* find the bp that is at curlevel, curblkid.
*/
curlevel = level;
curblkid = blkid;
while (curlevel < nlevels - 1) {
int parent_level = curlevel + 1;
uint64_t parent_blkid = curblkid >> epbs;
dmu_buf_impl_t *db;
if (dbuf_hold_impl(dn, parent_level, parent_blkid,
FALSE, TRUE, FTAG, &db) == 0) {
blkptr_t *bpp = db->db_buf->b_data;
bp = bpp[P2PHASE(curblkid, 1 << epbs)];
dbuf_rele(db, FTAG);
break;
}
curlevel = parent_level;
curblkid = parent_blkid;
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (curlevel == nlevels - 1) {
/* No cached indirect blocks found. */
ASSERT3U(curblkid, <, dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr);
bp = dn->dn_phys->dn_blkptr[curblkid];
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
if (BP_IS_HOLE(&bp))
return;
ASSERT3U(curlevel, ==, BP_GET_LEVEL(&bp));
pio = zio_root(dmu_objset_spa(dn->dn_objset), NULL, NULL,
ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
dpa = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*dpa), KM_SLEEP);
ds = dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset;
SET_BOOKMARK(&dpa->dpa_zb, ds != NULL ? ds->ds_object : DMU_META_OBJSET,
dn->dn_object, level, blkid);
dpa->dpa_curlevel = curlevel;
dpa->dpa_prio = prio;
dpa->dpa_aflags = aflags;
dpa->dpa_spa = dn->dn_objset->os_spa;
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
dpa->dpa_dnode = dn;
dpa->dpa_epbs = epbs;
dpa->dpa_zio = pio;
/*
* If we have the indirect just above us, no need to do the asynchronous
* prefetch chain; we'll just run the last step ourselves. If we're at
* a higher level, though, we want to issue the prefetches for all the
* indirect blocks asynchronously, so we can go on with whatever we were
* doing.
*/
if (curlevel == level) {
ASSERT3U(curblkid, ==, blkid);
dbuf_issue_final_prefetch(dpa, &bp);
kmem_free(dpa, sizeof (*dpa));
} else {
arc_flags_t iter_aflags = ARC_FLAG_NOWAIT;
zbookmark_phys_t zb;
SET_BOOKMARK(&zb, ds != NULL ? ds->ds_object : DMU_META_OBJSET,
dn->dn_object, curlevel, curblkid);
(void) arc_read(dpa->dpa_zio, dpa->dpa_spa,
&bp, dbuf_prefetch_indirect_done, dpa, prio,
ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE,
&iter_aflags, &zb);
}
/*
* We use pio here instead of dpa_zio since it's possible that
* dpa may have already been freed.
*/
zio_nowait(pio);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
#define DBUF_HOLD_IMPL_MAX_DEPTH 20
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* Returns with db_holds incremented, and db_mtx not held.
* Note: dn_struct_rwlock must be held.
*/
static int
__dbuf_hold_impl(struct dbuf_hold_impl_data *dh)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
ASSERT3S(dh->dh_depth, <, DBUF_HOLD_IMPL_MAX_DEPTH);
dh->dh_parent = NULL;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(dh->dh_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&dh->dh_dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
ASSERT3U(dh->dh_dn->dn_nlevels, >, dh->dh_level);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
*(dh->dh_dbp) = NULL;
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* dbuf_find() returns with db_mtx held */
dh->dh_db = dbuf_find(dh->dh_dn->dn_objset, dh->dh_dn->dn_object,
dh->dh_level, dh->dh_blkid);
if (dh->dh_db == NULL) {
dh->dh_bp = NULL;
if (dh->dh_fail_uncached)
return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
ASSERT3P(dh->dh_parent, ==, NULL);
dh->dh_err = dbuf_findbp(dh->dh_dn, dh->dh_level, dh->dh_blkid,
dh->dh_fail_sparse, &dh->dh_parent, &dh->dh_bp, dh);
if (dh->dh_fail_sparse) {
if (dh->dh_err == 0 &&
dh->dh_bp && BP_IS_HOLE(dh->dh_bp))
dh->dh_err = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
if (dh->dh_err) {
if (dh->dh_parent)
dbuf_rele(dh->dh_parent, NULL);
return (dh->dh_err);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
}
if (dh->dh_err && dh->dh_err != ENOENT)
return (dh->dh_err);
dh->dh_db = dbuf_create(dh->dh_dn, dh->dh_level, dh->dh_blkid,
dh->dh_parent, dh->dh_bp);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
if (dh->dh_fail_uncached && dh->dh_db->db_state != DB_CACHED) {
mutex_exit(&dh->dh_db->db_mtx);
return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
}
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
if (dh->dh_db->db_buf != NULL)
ASSERT3P(dh->dh_db->db.db_data, ==, dh->dh_db->db_buf->b_data);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(dh->dh_db->db_buf == NULL || arc_referenced(dh->dh_db->db_buf));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* If this buffer is currently syncing out, and we are are
* still referencing it from db_data, we need to make a copy
* of it in case we decide we want to dirty it again in this txg.
*/
if (dh->dh_db->db_level == 0 &&
dh->dh_db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID &&
dh->dh_dn->dn_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT &&
dh->dh_db->db_state == DB_CACHED && dh->dh_db->db_data_pending) {
dh->dh_dr = dh->dh_db->db_data_pending;
if (dh->dh_dr->dt.dl.dr_data == dh->dh_db->db_buf) {
dh->dh_type = DBUF_GET_BUFC_TYPE(dh->dh_db);
dbuf_set_data(dh->dh_db,
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
arc_alloc_buf(dh->dh_dn->dn_objset->os_spa,
dh->dh_db, dh->dh_type, dh->dh_db->db.db_size));
bcopy(dh->dh_dr->dt.dl.dr_data->b_data,
dh->dh_db->db.db_data, dh->dh_db->db.db_size);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
}
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
if (multilist_link_active(&dh->dh_db->db_cache_link)) {
ASSERT(refcount_is_zero(&dh->dh_db->db_holds));
multilist_remove(&dbuf_cache, dh->dh_db);
(void) refcount_remove_many(&dbuf_cache_size,
dh->dh_db->db.db_size, dh->dh_db);
}
(void) refcount_add(&dh->dh_db->db_holds, dh->dh_tag);
DBUF_VERIFY(dh->dh_db);
mutex_exit(&dh->dh_db->db_mtx);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* NOTE: we can't rele the parent until after we drop the db_mtx */
if (dh->dh_parent)
dbuf_rele(dh->dh_parent, NULL);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT3P(DB_DNODE(dh->dh_db), ==, dh->dh_dn);
ASSERT3U(dh->dh_db->db_blkid, ==, dh->dh_blkid);
ASSERT3U(dh->dh_db->db_level, ==, dh->dh_level);
*(dh->dh_dbp) = dh->dh_db;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
return (0);
}
/*
* The following code preserves the recursive function dbuf_hold_impl()
* but moves the local variables AND function arguments to the heap to
* minimize the stack frame size. Enough space is initially allocated
* on the stack for 20 levels of recursion.
*/
int
dbuf_hold_impl(dnode_t *dn, uint8_t level, uint64_t blkid,
boolean_t fail_sparse, boolean_t fail_uncached,
void *tag, dmu_buf_impl_t **dbp)
{
struct dbuf_hold_impl_data *dh;
int error;
dh = kmem_alloc(sizeof (struct dbuf_hold_impl_data) *
DBUF_HOLD_IMPL_MAX_DEPTH, KM_SLEEP);
__dbuf_hold_impl_init(dh, dn, level, blkid, fail_sparse,
fail_uncached, tag, dbp, 0);
error = __dbuf_hold_impl(dh);
kmem_free(dh, sizeof (struct dbuf_hold_impl_data) *
DBUF_HOLD_IMPL_MAX_DEPTH);
return (error);
}
static void
__dbuf_hold_impl_init(struct dbuf_hold_impl_data *dh,
dnode_t *dn, uint8_t level, uint64_t blkid,
boolean_t fail_sparse, boolean_t fail_uncached,
void *tag, dmu_buf_impl_t **dbp, int depth)
{
dh->dh_dn = dn;
dh->dh_level = level;
dh->dh_blkid = blkid;
dh->dh_fail_sparse = fail_sparse;
dh->dh_fail_uncached = fail_uncached;
dh->dh_tag = tag;
dh->dh_dbp = dbp;
dh->dh_db = NULL;
dh->dh_parent = NULL;
dh->dh_bp = NULL;
dh->dh_err = 0;
dh->dh_dr = NULL;
dh->dh_type = 0;
dh->dh_depth = depth;
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dmu_buf_impl_t *
dbuf_hold(dnode_t *dn, uint64_t blkid, void *tag)
{
return (dbuf_hold_level(dn, 0, blkid, tag));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
dmu_buf_impl_t *
dbuf_hold_level(dnode_t *dn, int level, uint64_t blkid, void *tag)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db;
int err = dbuf_hold_impl(dn, level, blkid, FALSE, FALSE, tag, &db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
return (err ? NULL : db);
}
void
dbuf_create_bonus(dnode_t *dn)
{
ASSERT(RW_WRITE_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
ASSERT(dn->dn_bonus == NULL);
dn->dn_bonus = dbuf_create(dn, 0, DMU_BONUS_BLKID, dn->dn_dbuf, NULL);
}
int
dbuf_spill_set_blksz(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, uint64_t blksz, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
dnode_t *dn;
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID)
return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
if (blksz == 0)
blksz = SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE;
Illumos 5027 - zfs large block support 5027 zfs large block support Reviewed by: Alek Pinchuk <pinchuk.alek@gmail.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <josef.sipek@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@richardelling.com> Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <skiselkov.ml@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/5027 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/b515258 Porting Notes: * Included in this patch is a tiny ISP2() cleanup in zio_init() from Illumos 5255. * Unlike the upstream Illumos commit this patch does not impose an arbitrary 128K block size limit on volumes. Volumes, like filesystems, are limited by the zfs_max_recordsize=1M module option. * By default the maximum record size is limited to 1M by the module option zfs_max_recordsize. This value may be safely increased up to 16M which is the largest block size supported by the on-disk format. At the moment, 1M blocks clearly offer a significant performance improvement but the benefits of going beyond this for the majority of workloads are less clear. * The illumos version of this patch increased DMU_MAX_ACCESS to 32M. This was determined not to be large enough when using 16M blocks because the zfs_make_xattrdir() function will fail (EFBIG) when assigning a TX. This was immediately observed under Linux because all newly created files must have a security xattr created and that was failing. Therefore, we've set DMU_MAX_ACCESS to 64M. * On 32-bit platforms a hard limit of 1M is set for blocks due to the limited virtual address space. We should be able to relax this one the ABD patches are merged. Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #354
2014-11-03 20:15:08 +00:00
ASSERT3U(blksz, <=, spa_maxblocksize(dmu_objset_spa(db->db_objset)));
blksz = P2ROUNDUP(blksz, SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE);
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_WRITER);
dbuf_new_size(db, blksz, tx);
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
return (0);
}
void
dbuf_rm_spill(dnode_t *dn, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
dbuf_free_range(dn, DMU_SPILL_BLKID, DMU_SPILL_BLKID, tx);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
#pragma weak dmu_buf_add_ref = dbuf_add_ref
void
dbuf_add_ref(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, void *tag)
{
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
int64_t holds = refcount_add(&db->db_holds, tag);
VERIFY3S(holds, >, 1);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
#pragma weak dmu_buf_try_add_ref = dbuf_try_add_ref
boolean_t
dbuf_try_add_ref(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, objset_t *os, uint64_t obj, uint64_t blkid,
void *tag)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
dmu_buf_impl_t *found_db;
boolean_t result = B_FALSE;
if (blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID)
found_db = dbuf_find_bonus(os, obj);
else
found_db = dbuf_find(os, obj, 0, blkid);
if (found_db != NULL) {
if (db == found_db && dbuf_refcount(db) > db->db_dirtycnt) {
(void) refcount_add(&db->db_holds, tag);
result = B_TRUE;
}
mutex_exit(&found_db->db_mtx);
}
return (result);
}
/*
* If you call dbuf_rele() you had better not be referencing the dnode handle
* unless you have some other direct or indirect hold on the dnode. (An indirect
* hold is a hold on one of the dnode's dbufs, including the bonus buffer.)
* Without that, the dbuf_rele() could lead to a dnode_rele() followed by the
* dnode's parent dbuf evicting its dnode handles.
*/
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
void
dbuf_rele(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, void *tag)
{
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
dbuf_rele_and_unlock(db, tag);
}
void
dmu_buf_rele(dmu_buf_t *db, void *tag)
{
dbuf_rele((dmu_buf_impl_t *)db, tag);
}
/*
* dbuf_rele() for an already-locked dbuf. This is necessary to allow
* db_dirtycnt and db_holds to be updated atomically.
*/
void
dbuf_rele_and_unlock(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, void *tag)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
int64_t holds;
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
/*
* Remove the reference to the dbuf before removing its hold on the
* dnode so we can guarantee in dnode_move() that a referenced bonus
* buffer has a corresponding dnode hold.
*/
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
holds = refcount_remove(&db->db_holds, tag);
ASSERT(holds >= 0);
/*
* We can't freeze indirects if there is a possibility that they
* may be modified in the current syncing context.
*/
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
if (db->db_buf != NULL &&
holds == (db->db_level == 0 ? db->db_dirtycnt : 0)) {
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
arc_buf_freeze(db->db_buf);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (holds == db->db_dirtycnt &&
db->db_level == 0 && db->db_user_immediate_evict)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dbuf_evict_user(db);
if (holds == 0) {
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
dnode_t *dn;
boolean_t evict_dbuf = db->db_pending_evict;
/*
* If the dnode moves here, we cannot cross this
* barrier until the move completes.
*/
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
atomic_dec_32(&dn->dn_dbufs_count);
/*
* Decrementing the dbuf count means that the bonus
* buffer's dnode hold is no longer discounted in
* dnode_move(). The dnode cannot move until after
* the dnode_rele() below.
*/
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
/*
* Do not reference db after its lock is dropped.
* Another thread may evict it.
*/
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
if (evict_dbuf)
dnode_evict_bonus(dn);
dnode_rele(dn, db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
} else if (db->db_buf == NULL) {
/*
* This is a special case: we never associated this
* dbuf with any data allocated from the ARC.
*/
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED ||
db->db_state == DB_NOFILL);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
dbuf_destroy(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
} else if (arc_released(db->db_buf)) {
/*
* This dbuf has anonymous data associated with it.
*/
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
dbuf_destroy(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
} else {
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
boolean_t do_arc_evict = B_FALSE;
blkptr_t bp;
spa_t *spa = dmu_objset_spa(db->db_objset);
if (!DBUF_IS_CACHEABLE(db) &&
db->db_blkptr != NULL &&
!BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr) &&
!BP_IS_EMBEDDED(db->db_blkptr)) {
do_arc_evict = B_TRUE;
bp = *db->db_blkptr;
}
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
if (!DBUF_IS_CACHEABLE(db) ||
db->db_pending_evict) {
dbuf_destroy(db);
} else if (!multilist_link_active(&db->db_cache_link)) {
multilist_insert(&dbuf_cache, db);
(void) refcount_add_many(&dbuf_cache_size,
db->db.db_size, db);
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
dbuf_evict_notify();
}
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
if (do_arc_evict)
arc_freed(spa, &bp);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
} else {
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
}
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
#pragma weak dmu_buf_refcount = dbuf_refcount
uint64_t
dbuf_refcount(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
{
return (refcount_count(&db->db_holds));
}
void *
dmu_buf_replace_user(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_buf_user_t *old_user,
dmu_buf_user_t *new_user)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
dbuf_verify_user(db, DBVU_NOT_EVICTING);
if (db->db_user == old_user)
db->db_user = new_user;
else
old_user = db->db_user;
dbuf_verify_user(db, DBVU_NOT_EVICTING);
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
return (old_user);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
void *
dmu_buf_set_user(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_buf_user_t *user)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
return (dmu_buf_replace_user(db_fake, NULL, user));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
void *
dmu_buf_set_user_ie(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_buf_user_t *user)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
db->db_user_immediate_evict = TRUE;
return (dmu_buf_set_user(db_fake, user));
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
void *
dmu_buf_remove_user(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_buf_user_t *user)
{
return (dmu_buf_replace_user(db_fake, user, NULL));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
void *
dmu_buf_get_user(dmu_buf_t *db_fake)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
dbuf_verify_user(db, DBVU_NOT_EVICTING);
return (db->db_user);
}
void
dmu_buf_user_evict_wait()
{
taskq_wait(dbu_evict_taskq);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
blkptr_t *
dmu_buf_get_blkptr(dmu_buf_t *db)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *dbi = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db;
return (dbi->db_blkptr);
}
objset_t *
dmu_buf_get_objset(dmu_buf_t *db)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *dbi = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db;
return (dbi->db_objset);
}
OpenZFS 7004 - dmu_tx_hold_zap() does dnode_hold() 7x on same object Using a benchmark which has 32 threads creating 2 million files in the same directory, on a machine with 16 CPU cores, I observed poor performance. I noticed that dmu_tx_hold_zap() was using about 30% of all CPU, and doing dnode_hold() 7 times on the same object (the ZAP object that is being held). dmu_tx_hold_zap() keeps a hold on the dnode_t the entire time it is running, in dmu_tx_hold_t:txh_dnode, so it would be nice to use the dnode_t that we already have in hand, rather than repeatedly calling dnode_hold(). To do this, we need to pass the dnode_t down through all the intermediate calls that dmu_tx_hold_zap() makes, making these routines take the dnode_t* rather than an objset_t* and a uint64_t object number. In particular, the following routines will need to have analogous *_by_dnode() variants created: dmu_buf_hold_noread() dmu_buf_hold() zap_lookup() zap_lookup_norm() zap_count_write() zap_lockdir() zap_count_write() This can improve performance on the benchmark described above by 100%, from 30,000 file creations per second to 60,000. (This improvement is on top of that provided by working around the object allocation issue. Peak performance of ~90,000 creations per second was observed with 8 CPUs; adding CPUs past that decreased performance due to lock contention.) The CPU used by dmu_tx_hold_zap() was reduced by 88%, from 340 CPU-seconds to 40 CPU-seconds. Sponsored by: Intel Corp. Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7004 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/109 Closes #4641 Closes #4972
2016-07-20 22:42:13 +00:00
dnode_t *
dmu_buf_dnode_enter(dmu_buf_t *db)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *dbi = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db;
DB_DNODE_ENTER(dbi);
return (DB_DNODE(dbi));
}
void
dmu_buf_dnode_exit(dmu_buf_t *db)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *dbi = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db;
DB_DNODE_EXIT(dbi);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
static void
dbuf_check_blkptr(dnode_t *dn, dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
{
/* ASSERT(dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx) */
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
if (db->db_blkptr != NULL)
return;
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
Implement large_dnode pool feature Justification ------------- This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be significant. ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore provide a performance benefit to such systems. Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore, this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future applications or features are developed that could make use of a larger bonus buffer area. Implementation -------------- The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block. This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software. Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk. Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to represent size for a dnode_t. The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to "legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable automatically-sized dnodes, run # zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property. These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface. Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k, and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value. The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size. New DMU interfaces: dmu_object_alloc_dnsize() dmu_object_claim_dnsize() dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize() New ZAP interfaces: zap_create_dnsize() zap_create_norm_dnsize() zap_create_flags_dnsize() zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize() zap_create_link_dnsize() The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum bonus length for a pool. These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions: * The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter. When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind, these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE. If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0. dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case it returns ENOENT. * The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object. This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid starting point for a dnode. * dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it as a valid dnode. zdb --- The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the "dnsize" column when the object is dumped. For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for the object. ztest ----- Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to better simulate real-world datasets. Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data patterns. ZFS Test Suite -------------- Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv. Send/Receive ------------ ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive will fail gracefully. While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512 byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream. For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes, the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding in the structure. ZIL Replay ---------- The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at 48 bits. Resizing Dnodes --------------- It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode. Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode feature. Feature Reference Counting -------------------------- The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to the large_block feature. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
db->db_blkptr = DN_SPILL_BLKPTR(dn->dn_phys);
BP_ZERO(db->db_blkptr);
return;
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (db->db_level == dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels-1) {
/*
* This buffer was allocated at a time when there was
* no available blkptrs from the dnode, or it was
* inappropriate to hook it in (i.e., nlevels mis-match).
*/
ASSERT(db->db_blkid < dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr);
ASSERT(db->db_parent == NULL);
db->db_parent = dn->dn_dbuf;
db->db_blkptr = &dn->dn_phys->dn_blkptr[db->db_blkid];
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
} else {
dmu_buf_impl_t *parent = db->db_parent;
int epbs = dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT;
ASSERT(dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels > 1);
if (parent == NULL) {
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_READER);
parent = dbuf_hold_level(dn, db->db_level + 1,
db->db_blkid >> epbs, db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
db->db_parent = parent;
}
db->db_blkptr = (blkptr_t *)parent->db.db_data +
(db->db_blkid & ((1ULL << epbs) - 1));
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
}
}
/*
* dbuf_sync_indirect() is called recursively from dbuf_sync_list() so it
* is critical the we not allow the compiler to inline this function in to
* dbuf_sync_list() thereby drastically bloating the stack usage.
*/
noinline static void
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dbuf_sync_indirect(dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
dnode_t *dn;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
zio_t *zio;
ASSERT(dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx));
dprintf_dbuf_bp(db, db->db_blkptr, "blkptr=%p", db->db_blkptr);
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
ASSERT(db->db_level > 0);
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
/* Read the block if it hasn't been read yet. */
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (db->db_buf == NULL) {
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
(void) dbuf_read(db, NULL, DB_RF_MUST_SUCCEED);
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
}
ASSERT3U(db->db_state, ==, DB_CACHED);
ASSERT(db->db_buf != NULL);
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
/* Indirect block size must match what the dnode thinks it is. */
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_size, ==, 1<<dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dbuf_check_blkptr(dn, db);
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* Provide the pending dirty record to child dbufs */
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_data_pending = dr;
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
dbuf_write(dr, db->db_buf, tx);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
zio = dr->dr_zio;
mutex_enter(&dr->dt.di.dr_mtx);
dbuf_sync_list(&dr->dt.di.dr_children, db->db_level - 1, tx);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(list_head(&dr->dt.di.dr_children) == NULL);
mutex_exit(&dr->dt.di.dr_mtx);
zio_nowait(zio);
}
/*
* dbuf_sync_leaf() is called recursively from dbuf_sync_list() so it is
* critical the we not allow the compiler to inline this function in to
* dbuf_sync_list() thereby drastically bloating the stack usage.
*/
noinline static void
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dbuf_sync_leaf(dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
arc_buf_t **datap = &dr->dt.dl.dr_data;
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
dnode_t *dn;
objset_t *os;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
ASSERT(dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx));
dprintf_dbuf_bp(db, db->db_blkptr, "blkptr=%p", db->db_blkptr);
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
/*
* To be synced, we must be dirtied. But we
* might have been freed after the dirty.
*/
if (db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED) {
/* This buffer has been freed since it was dirtied */
ASSERT(db->db.db_data == NULL);
} else if (db->db_state == DB_FILL) {
/* This buffer was freed and is now being re-filled */
ASSERT(db->db.db_data != dr->dt.dl.dr_data);
} else {
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_CACHED || db->db_state == DB_NOFILL);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
Fix PANIC: metaslab_free_dva(): bad DVA X:Y:Z The following scenario can result in garbage in the dn_spill field. The db->db_blkptr must be set to NULL when DNODE_FLAG_SPILL_BLKPTR is clear to ensure the dn_spill field is cleared. Current txg = A. * A new spill buffer is created. Its dbuf is initialized with db_blkptr = NULL and it's dirtied. Current txg = B. * The spill buffer is modified. It's marked as dirty in this txg. * Additional changes make the spill buffer unnecessary because the xattr fits into the bonus buffer, so it's removed. The dbuf is undirtied in this txg, but it's still referenced and cannot be destroyed. Current txg = C. * Starts syncing of txg A * dbuf_sync_leaf() is called for the spill buffer. Since db_blkptr is NULL, dbuf_check_blkptr() is called. * The dbuf starts being written and it reaches the ready state (not done yet). * A new change makes the spill buffer necessary again. sa_build_layouts() ends up calling dbuf_find() to locate the dbuf. It finds the old dbuf because it has not been destroyed yet (it will be destroyed when the previous write is done and there are no more references). The old dbuf has db_blkptr != NULL. * txg A write is complete and the dbuf released. However it's still referenced, so it's not destroyed. Current txg = D. * Starts syncing of txg B * dbuf_sync_leaf() is called for the bonus buffer. Its contents are directly copied into the dnode, overwriting the blkptr area because, in txg B, the bonus buffer was big enough to hold the entire xattr. * At this point, the db_blkptr of the spill buffer used in txg C gets corrupted. Signed-off-by: Peng <peng.hse@xtaotech.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3937
2016-06-08 07:22:07 +00:00
if (!(dn->dn_phys->dn_flags & DNODE_FLAG_SPILL_BLKPTR)) {
/*
* In the previous transaction group, the bonus buffer
* was entirely used to store the attributes for the
* dnode which overrode the dn_spill field. However,
* when adding more attributes to the file a spill
* block was required to hold the extra attributes.
*
* Make sure to clear the garbage left in the dn_spill
* field from the previous attributes in the bonus
* buffer. Otherwise, after writing out the spill
* block to the new allocated dva, it will free
* the old block pointed to by the invalid dn_spill.
*/
db->db_blkptr = NULL;
}
dn->dn_phys->dn_flags |= DNODE_FLAG_SPILL_BLKPTR;
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* If this is a bonus buffer, simply copy the bonus data into the
* dnode. It will be written out when the dnode is synced (and it
* will be synced, since it must have been dirty for dbuf_sync to
* be called).
*/
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dbuf_dirty_record_t **drp;
ASSERT(*datap != NULL);
ASSERT0(db->db_level);
Implement large_dnode pool feature Justification ------------- This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be significant. ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore provide a performance benefit to such systems. Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore, this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future applications or features are developed that could make use of a larger bonus buffer area. Implementation -------------- The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block. This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software. Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk. Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to represent size for a dnode_t. The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to "legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable automatically-sized dnodes, run # zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property. These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface. Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k, and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value. The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size. New DMU interfaces: dmu_object_alloc_dnsize() dmu_object_claim_dnsize() dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize() New ZAP interfaces: zap_create_dnsize() zap_create_norm_dnsize() zap_create_flags_dnsize() zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize() zap_create_link_dnsize() The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum bonus length for a pool. These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions: * The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter. When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind, these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE. If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0. dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case it returns ENOENT. * The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object. This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid starting point for a dnode. * dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it as a valid dnode. zdb --- The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the "dnsize" column when the object is dumped. For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for the object. ztest ----- Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to better simulate real-world datasets. Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data patterns. ZFS Test Suite -------------- Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv. Send/Receive ------------ ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive will fail gracefully. While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512 byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream. For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes, the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding in the structure. ZIL Replay ---------- The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at 48 bits. Resizing Dnodes --------------- It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode. Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode feature. Feature Reference Counting -------------------------- The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to the large_block feature. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
ASSERT3U(dn->dn_phys->dn_bonuslen, <=,
DN_SLOTS_TO_BONUSLEN(dn->dn_phys->dn_extra_slots + 1));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
bcopy(*datap, DN_BONUS(dn->dn_phys), dn->dn_phys->dn_bonuslen);
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (*datap != db->db.db_data) {
Implement large_dnode pool feature Justification ------------- This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be significant. ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore provide a performance benefit to such systems. Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore, this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future applications or features are developed that could make use of a larger bonus buffer area. Implementation -------------- The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block. This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software. Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk. Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to represent size for a dnode_t. The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to "legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable automatically-sized dnodes, run # zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property. These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface. Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k, and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value. The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size. New DMU interfaces: dmu_object_alloc_dnsize() dmu_object_claim_dnsize() dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize() New ZAP interfaces: zap_create_dnsize() zap_create_norm_dnsize() zap_create_flags_dnsize() zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize() zap_create_link_dnsize() The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum bonus length for a pool. These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions: * The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter. When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind, these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE. If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0. dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case it returns ENOENT. * The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object. This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid starting point for a dnode. * dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it as a valid dnode. zdb --- The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the "dnsize" column when the object is dumped. For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for the object. ztest ----- Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to better simulate real-world datasets. Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data patterns. ZFS Test Suite -------------- Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv. Send/Receive ------------ ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive will fail gracefully. While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512 byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream. For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes, the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding in the structure. ZIL Replay ---------- The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at 48 bits. Resizing Dnodes --------------- It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode. Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode feature. Feature Reference Counting -------------------------- The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to the large_block feature. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
int slots = DB_DNODE(db)->dn_num_slots;
int bonuslen = DN_SLOTS_TO_BONUSLEN(slots);
kmem_free(*datap, bonuslen);
Limit the amount of dnode metadata in the ARC Metadata-intensive workloads can cause the ARC to become permanently filled with dnode_t objects as they're pinned by the VFS layer. Subsequent data-intensive workloads may only benefit from about 25% of the potential ARC (arc_c_max - arc_meta_limit). In order to help track metadata usage more precisely, the other_size metadata arcstat has replaced with dbuf_size, dnode_size and bonus_size. The new zfs_arc_dnode_limit tunable, which defaults to 10% of zfs_arc_meta_limit, defines the minimum number of bytes which is desirable to be consumed by dnodes. Attempts to evict non-metadata will trigger async prune tasks if the space used by dnodes exceeds this limit. The new zfs_arc_dnode_reduce_percent tunable specifies the amount by which the excess dnode space is attempted to be pruned as a percentage of the amount by which zfs_arc_dnode_limit is being exceeded. By default, it tries to unpin 10% of the dnodes. The problem of dnode metadata pinning was observed with the following testing procedure (in this example, zfs_arc_max is set to 4GiB): - Create a large number of small files until arc_meta_used exceeds arc_meta_limit (3GiB with default tuning) and arc_prune starts increasing. - Create a 3GiB file with dd. Observe arc_mata_used. It will still be around 3GiB. - Repeatedly read the 3GiB file and observe arc_meta_limit as before. It will continue to stay around 3GiB. With this modification, space for the 3GiB file is gradually made available as subsequent demands on the ARC are made. The previous behavior can be restored by setting zfs_arc_dnode_limit to the same value as the zfs_arc_meta_limit. Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Issue #4345 Issue #4512 Issue #4773 Closes #4858
2016-07-13 12:42:40 +00:00
arc_space_return(bonuslen, ARC_SPACE_BONUS);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
db->db_data_pending = NULL;
drp = &db->db_last_dirty;
while (*drp != dr)
drp = &(*drp)->dr_next;
ASSERT(dr->dr_next == NULL);
ASSERT(dr->dr_dbuf == db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
*drp = dr->dr_next;
if (dr->dr_dbuf->db_level != 0) {
mutex_destroy(&dr->dt.di.dr_mtx);
list_destroy(&dr->dt.di.dr_children);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
kmem_free(dr, sizeof (dbuf_dirty_record_t));
ASSERT(db->db_dirtycnt > 0);
db->db_dirtycnt -= 1;
dbuf_rele_and_unlock(db, (void *)(uintptr_t)txg);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
return;
}
os = dn->dn_objset;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/*
* This function may have dropped the db_mtx lock allowing a dmu_sync
* operation to sneak in. As a result, we need to ensure that we
* don't check the dr_override_state until we have returned from
* dbuf_check_blkptr.
*/
dbuf_check_blkptr(dn, db);
/*
* If this buffer is in the middle of an immediate write,
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
* wait for the synchronous IO to complete.
*/
while (dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state == DR_IN_DMU_SYNC) {
ASSERT(dn->dn_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT);
cv_wait(&db->db_changed, &db->db_mtx);
ASSERT(dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state != DR_NOT_OVERRIDDEN);
}
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
if (db->db_state != DB_NOFILL &&
dn->dn_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT &&
refcount_count(&db->db_holds) > 1 &&
dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state != DR_OVERRIDDEN &&
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
*datap == db->db_buf) {
/*
* If this buffer is currently "in use" (i.e., there
* are active holds and db_data still references it),
* then make a copy before we start the write so that
* any modifications from the open txg will not leak
* into this write.
*
* NOTE: this copy does not need to be made for
* objects only modified in the syncing context (e.g.
* DNONE_DNODE blocks).
*/
int psize = arc_buf_size(*datap);
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
arc_buf_contents_t type = DBUF_GET_BUFC_TYPE(db);
enum zio_compress compress_type = arc_get_compression(*datap);
if (compress_type == ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF) {
*datap = arc_alloc_buf(os->os_spa, db, type, psize);
} else {
int lsize = arc_buf_lsize(*datap);
ASSERT3U(type, ==, ARC_BUFC_DATA);
*datap = arc_alloc_compressed_buf(os->os_spa, db,
psize, lsize, compress_type);
}
bcopy(db->db.db_data, (*datap)->b_data, psize);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
db->db_data_pending = dr;
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
dbuf_write(dr, *datap, tx);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(!list_link_active(&dr->dr_dirty_node));
if (dn->dn_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT) {
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
list_insert_tail(&dn->dn_dirty_records[txg&TXG_MASK], dr);
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
} else {
/*
* Although zio_nowait() does not "wait for an IO", it does
* initiate the IO. If this is an empty write it seems plausible
* that the IO could actually be completed before the nowait
* returns. We need to DB_DNODE_EXIT() first in case
* zio_nowait() invalidates the dbuf.
*/
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
zio_nowait(dr->dr_zio);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
void
dbuf_sync_list(list_t *list, int level, dmu_tx_t *tx)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
{
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr;
while ((dr = list_head(list))) {
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (dr->dr_zio != NULL) {
/*
* If we find an already initialized zio then we
* are processing the meta-dnode, and we have finished.
* The dbufs for all dnodes are put back on the list
* during processing, so that we can zio_wait()
* these IOs after initiating all child IOs.
*/
ASSERT3U(dr->dr_dbuf->db.db_object, ==,
DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT);
break;
}
if (dr->dr_dbuf->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID &&
dr->dr_dbuf->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
VERIFY3U(dr->dr_dbuf->db_level, ==, level);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
list_remove(list, dr);
if (dr->dr_dbuf->db_level > 0)
dbuf_sync_indirect(dr, tx);
else
dbuf_sync_leaf(dr, tx);
}
}
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
dbuf_write_ready(zio_t *zio, arc_buf_t *buf, void *vdb)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = vdb;
dnode_t *dn;
blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
blkptr_t *bp_orig = &zio->io_bp_orig;
spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
int64_t delta;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
uint64_t fill = 0;
int i;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
Illumos 6844 - dnode_next_offset can detect fictional holes 6844 dnode_next_offset can detect fictional holes Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> dnode_next_offset is used in a variety of places to iterate over the holes or allocated blocks in a dnode. It operates under the premise that it can iterate over the blockpointers of a dnode in open context while holding only the dn_struct_rwlock as reader. Unfortunately, this premise does not hold. When we create the zio for a dbuf, we pass in the actual block pointer in the indirect block above that dbuf. When we later zero the bp in zio_write_compress, we are directly modifying the bp. The state of the bp is now inconsistent from the perspective of dnode_next_offset: the bp will appear to be a hole until zio_dva_allocate finally finishes filling it in. In the meantime, dnode_next_offset can detect a hole in the dnode when none exists. I was able to experimentally demonstrate this behavior with the following setup: 1. Create a file with 1 million dbufs. 2. Create a thread that randomly dirties L2 blocks by writing to the first L0 block under them. 3. Observe dnode_next_offset, waiting for it to skip over a hole in the middle of a file. 4. Do dnode_next_offset in a loop until we skip over such a non-existent hole. The fix is to ensure that it is valid to iterate over the indirect blocks in a dnode while holding the dn_struct_rwlock by passing the zio a copy of the BP and updating the actual BP in dbuf_write_ready while holding the lock. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6844 https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/82 DLPX-35372 Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #4548
2016-04-21 18:23:37 +00:00
ASSERT3P(db->db_blkptr, !=, NULL);
ASSERT3P(&db->db_data_pending->dr_bp_copy, ==, bp);
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
delta = bp_get_dsize_sync(spa, bp) - bp_get_dsize_sync(spa, bp_orig);
dnode_diduse_space(dn, delta - zio->io_prev_space_delta);
zio->io_prev_space_delta = delta;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (bp->blk_birth != 0) {
ASSERT((db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID &&
BP_GET_TYPE(bp) == dn->dn_type) ||
(db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID &&
BP_GET_TYPE(bp) == dn->dn_bonustype) ||
BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp));
ASSERT(BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) == db->db_level);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
#ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
ASSERT(dn->dn_phys->dn_flags & DNODE_FLAG_SPILL_BLKPTR);
Illumos 6844 - dnode_next_offset can detect fictional holes 6844 dnode_next_offset can detect fictional holes Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> dnode_next_offset is used in a variety of places to iterate over the holes or allocated blocks in a dnode. It operates under the premise that it can iterate over the blockpointers of a dnode in open context while holding only the dn_struct_rwlock as reader. Unfortunately, this premise does not hold. When we create the zio for a dbuf, we pass in the actual block pointer in the indirect block above that dbuf. When we later zero the bp in zio_write_compress, we are directly modifying the bp. The state of the bp is now inconsistent from the perspective of dnode_next_offset: the bp will appear to be a hole until zio_dva_allocate finally finishes filling it in. In the meantime, dnode_next_offset can detect a hole in the dnode when none exists. I was able to experimentally demonstrate this behavior with the following setup: 1. Create a file with 1 million dbufs. 2. Create a thread that randomly dirties L2 blocks by writing to the first L0 block under them. 3. Observe dnode_next_offset, waiting for it to skip over a hole in the middle of a file. 4. Do dnode_next_offset in a loop until we skip over such a non-existent hole. The fix is to ensure that it is valid to iterate over the indirect blocks in a dnode while holding the dn_struct_rwlock by passing the zio a copy of the BP and updating the actual BP in dbuf_write_ready while holding the lock. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6844 https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/82 DLPX-35372 Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #4548
2016-04-21 18:23:37 +00:00
ASSERT(!(BP_IS_HOLE(bp)) &&
Implement large_dnode pool feature Justification ------------- This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be significant. ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore provide a performance benefit to such systems. Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore, this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future applications or features are developed that could make use of a larger bonus buffer area. Implementation -------------- The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block. This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software. Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk. Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to represent size for a dnode_t. The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to "legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable automatically-sized dnodes, run # zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property. These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface. Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k, and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value. The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size. New DMU interfaces: dmu_object_alloc_dnsize() dmu_object_claim_dnsize() dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize() New ZAP interfaces: zap_create_dnsize() zap_create_norm_dnsize() zap_create_flags_dnsize() zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize() zap_create_link_dnsize() The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum bonus length for a pool. These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions: * The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter. When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind, these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE. If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0. dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case it returns ENOENT. * The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object. This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid starting point for a dnode. * dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it as a valid dnode. zdb --- The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the "dnsize" column when the object is dumped. For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for the object. ztest ----- Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to better simulate real-world datasets. Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data patterns. ZFS Test Suite -------------- Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv. Send/Receive ------------ ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive will fail gracefully. While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512 byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream. For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes, the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding in the structure. ZIL Replay ---------- The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at 48 bits. Resizing Dnodes --------------- It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode. Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode feature. Feature Reference Counting -------------------------- The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to the large_block feature. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
db->db_blkptr == DN_SPILL_BLKPTR(dn->dn_phys));
}
#endif
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (db->db_level == 0) {
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
if (db->db_blkid > dn->dn_phys->dn_maxblkid &&
db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID)
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dn->dn_phys->dn_maxblkid = db->db_blkid;
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
if (dn->dn_type == DMU_OT_DNODE) {
Implement large_dnode pool feature Justification ------------- This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be significant. ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore provide a performance benefit to such systems. Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore, this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future applications or features are developed that could make use of a larger bonus buffer area. Implementation -------------- The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block. This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software. Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk. Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to represent size for a dnode_t. The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to "legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable automatically-sized dnodes, run # zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property. These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface. Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k, and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value. The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size. New DMU interfaces: dmu_object_alloc_dnsize() dmu_object_claim_dnsize() dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize() New ZAP interfaces: zap_create_dnsize() zap_create_norm_dnsize() zap_create_flags_dnsize() zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize() zap_create_link_dnsize() The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum bonus length for a pool. These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions: * The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter. When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind, these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE. If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0. dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case it returns ENOENT. * The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object. This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid starting point for a dnode. * dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it as a valid dnode. zdb --- The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the "dnsize" column when the object is dumped. For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for the object. ztest ----- Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to better simulate real-world datasets. Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data patterns. ZFS Test Suite -------------- Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv. Send/Receive ------------ ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive will fail gracefully. While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512 byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream. For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes, the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding in the structure. ZIL Replay ---------- The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at 48 bits. Resizing Dnodes --------------- It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode. Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode feature. Feature Reference Counting -------------------------- The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to the large_block feature. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
i = 0;
while (i < db->db.db_size) {
dnode_phys_t *dnp = db->db.db_data + i;
i += DNODE_MIN_SIZE;
if (dnp->dn_type != DMU_OT_NONE) {
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
fill++;
Implement large_dnode pool feature Justification ------------- This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be significant. ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore provide a performance benefit to such systems. Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore, this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future applications or features are developed that could make use of a larger bonus buffer area. Implementation -------------- The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block. This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software. Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk. Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to represent size for a dnode_t. The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to "legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable automatically-sized dnodes, run # zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property. These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface. Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k, and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value. The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size. New DMU interfaces: dmu_object_alloc_dnsize() dmu_object_claim_dnsize() dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize() New ZAP interfaces: zap_create_dnsize() zap_create_norm_dnsize() zap_create_flags_dnsize() zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize() zap_create_link_dnsize() The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum bonus length for a pool. These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions: * The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter. When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind, these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE. If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0. dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case it returns ENOENT. * The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object. This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid starting point for a dnode. * dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it as a valid dnode. zdb --- The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the "dnsize" column when the object is dumped. For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for the object. ztest ----- Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to better simulate real-world datasets. Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data patterns. ZFS Test Suite -------------- Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv. Send/Receive ------------ ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive will fail gracefully. While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512 byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream. For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes, the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding in the structure. ZIL Replay ---------- The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at 48 bits. Resizing Dnodes --------------- It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode. Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode feature. Feature Reference Counting -------------------------- The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to the large_block feature. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
i += dnp->dn_extra_slots *
DNODE_MIN_SIZE;
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
} else {
if (BP_IS_HOLE(bp)) {
fill = 0;
} else {
fill = 1;
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
} else {
blkptr_t *ibp = db->db.db_data;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_size, ==, 1<<dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift);
for (i = db->db.db_size >> SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT; i > 0; i--, ibp++) {
if (BP_IS_HOLE(ibp))
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
continue;
fill += BP_GET_FILL(ibp);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
}
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (!BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp))
bp->blk_fill = fill;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
Illumos 6844 - dnode_next_offset can detect fictional holes 6844 dnode_next_offset can detect fictional holes Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> dnode_next_offset is used in a variety of places to iterate over the holes or allocated blocks in a dnode. It operates under the premise that it can iterate over the blockpointers of a dnode in open context while holding only the dn_struct_rwlock as reader. Unfortunately, this premise does not hold. When we create the zio for a dbuf, we pass in the actual block pointer in the indirect block above that dbuf. When we later zero the bp in zio_write_compress, we are directly modifying the bp. The state of the bp is now inconsistent from the perspective of dnode_next_offset: the bp will appear to be a hole until zio_dva_allocate finally finishes filling it in. In the meantime, dnode_next_offset can detect a hole in the dnode when none exists. I was able to experimentally demonstrate this behavior with the following setup: 1. Create a file with 1 million dbufs. 2. Create a thread that randomly dirties L2 blocks by writing to the first L0 block under them. 3. Observe dnode_next_offset, waiting for it to skip over a hole in the middle of a file. 4. Do dnode_next_offset in a loop until we skip over such a non-existent hole. The fix is to ensure that it is valid to iterate over the indirect blocks in a dnode while holding the dn_struct_rwlock by passing the zio a copy of the BP and updating the actual BP in dbuf_write_ready while holding the lock. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6844 https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/82 DLPX-35372 Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #4548
2016-04-21 18:23:37 +00:00
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_WRITER);
*db->db_blkptr = *bp;
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
/* ARGSUSED */
/*
* This function gets called just prior to running through the compression
* stage of the zio pipeline. If we're an indirect block comprised of only
* holes, then we want this indirect to be compressed away to a hole. In
* order to do that we must zero out any information about the holes that
* this indirect points to prior to before we try to compress it.
*/
static void
dbuf_write_children_ready(zio_t *zio, arc_buf_t *buf, void *vdb)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = vdb;
dnode_t *dn;
blkptr_t *bp;
unsigned int epbs, i;
ASSERT3U(db->db_level, >, 0);
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
epbs = dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT;
ASSERT3U(epbs, <, 31);
/* Determine if all our children are holes */
for (i = 0, bp = db->db.db_data; i < 1ULL << epbs; i++, bp++) {
if (!BP_IS_HOLE(bp))
break;
}
/*
* If all the children are holes, then zero them all out so that
* we may get compressed away.
*/
if (i == 1ULL << epbs) {
/*
* We only found holes. Grab the rwlock to prevent
* anybody from reading the blocks we're about to
* zero out.
*/
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_WRITER);
bzero(db->db.db_data, db->db.db_size);
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
}
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
}
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 03:01:20 +00:00
/*
* The SPA will call this callback several times for each zio - once
* for every physical child i/o (zio->io_phys_children times). This
* allows the DMU to monitor the progress of each logical i/o. For example,
* there may be 2 copies of an indirect block, or many fragments of a RAID-Z
* block. There may be a long delay before all copies/fragments are completed,
* so this callback allows us to retire dirty space gradually, as the physical
* i/os complete.
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
dbuf_write_physdone(zio_t *zio, arc_buf_t *buf, void *arg)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = arg;
objset_t *os = db->db_objset;
dsl_pool_t *dp = dmu_objset_pool(os);
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr;
int delta = 0;
dr = db->db_data_pending;
ASSERT3U(dr->dr_txg, ==, zio->io_txg);
/*
* The callback will be called io_phys_children times. Retire one
* portion of our dirty space each time we are called. Any rounding
* error will be cleaned up by dsl_pool_sync()'s call to
* dsl_pool_undirty_space().
*/
delta = dr->dr_accounted / zio->io_phys_children;
dsl_pool_undirty_space(dp, delta, zio->io_txg);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
dbuf_write_done(zio_t *zio, arc_buf_t *buf, void *vdb)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = vdb;
blkptr_t *bp_orig = &zio->io_bp_orig;
blkptr_t *bp = db->db_blkptr;
objset_t *os = db->db_objset;
dmu_tx_t *tx = os->os_synctx;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
dbuf_dirty_record_t **drp, *dr;
ASSERT0(zio->io_error);
ASSERT(db->db_blkptr == bp);
/*
* For nopwrites and rewrites we ensure that the bp matches our
* original and bypass all the accounting.
*/
if (zio->io_flags & (ZIO_FLAG_IO_REWRITE | ZIO_FLAG_NOPWRITE)) {
ASSERT(BP_EQUAL(bp, bp_orig));
} else {
dsl_dataset_t *ds = os->os_dsl_dataset;
(void) dsl_dataset_block_kill(ds, bp_orig, tx, B_TRUE);
dsl_dataset_block_born(ds, bp, tx);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
drp = &db->db_last_dirty;
while ((dr = *drp) != db->db_data_pending)
drp = &dr->dr_next;
ASSERT(!list_link_active(&dr->dr_dirty_node));
ASSERT(dr->dr_dbuf == db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(dr->dr_next == NULL);
*drp = dr->dr_next;
#ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
dnode_t *dn;
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
ASSERT(dn->dn_phys->dn_flags & DNODE_FLAG_SPILL_BLKPTR);
ASSERT(!(BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr)) &&
Implement large_dnode pool feature Justification ------------- This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be significant. ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore provide a performance benefit to such systems. Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore, this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future applications or features are developed that could make use of a larger bonus buffer area. Implementation -------------- The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block. This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software. Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk. Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to represent size for a dnode_t. The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to "legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable automatically-sized dnodes, run # zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property. These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface. Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k, and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value. The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size. New DMU interfaces: dmu_object_alloc_dnsize() dmu_object_claim_dnsize() dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize() New ZAP interfaces: zap_create_dnsize() zap_create_norm_dnsize() zap_create_flags_dnsize() zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize() zap_create_link_dnsize() The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum bonus length for a pool. These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions: * The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter. When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind, these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE. If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0. dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case it returns ENOENT. * The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object. This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid starting point for a dnode. * dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it as a valid dnode. zdb --- The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the "dnsize" column when the object is dumped. For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for the object. ztest ----- Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to better simulate real-world datasets. Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data patterns. ZFS Test Suite -------------- Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv. Send/Receive ------------ ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive will fail gracefully. While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512 byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream. For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes, the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding in the structure. ZIL Replay ---------- The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at 48 bits. Resizing Dnodes --------------- It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode. Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode feature. Feature Reference Counting -------------------------- The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to the large_block feature. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
db->db_blkptr == DN_SPILL_BLKPTR(dn->dn_phys));
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
}
#endif
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (db->db_level == 0) {
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state == DR_NOT_OVERRIDDEN);
if (db->db_state != DB_NOFILL) {
if (dr->dt.dl.dr_data != db->db_buf)
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
arc_buf_destroy(dr->dt.dl.dr_data, db);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
} else {
dnode_t *dn;
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT(list_head(&dr->dt.di.dr_children) == NULL);
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_size, ==, 1 << dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
if (!BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr)) {
ASSERTV(int epbs = dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift -
SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT);
ASSERT3U(db->db_blkid, <=,
dn->dn_phys->dn_maxblkid >> (db->db_level * epbs));
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
ASSERT3U(BP_GET_LSIZE(db->db_blkptr), ==,
db->db.db_size);
}
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_destroy(&dr->dt.di.dr_mtx);
list_destroy(&dr->dt.di.dr_children);
}
kmem_free(dr, sizeof (dbuf_dirty_record_t));
cv_broadcast(&db->db_changed);
ASSERT(db->db_dirtycnt > 0);
db->db_dirtycnt -= 1;
db->db_data_pending = NULL;
dbuf_rele_and_unlock(db, (void *)(uintptr_t)tx->tx_txg);
}
static void
dbuf_write_nofill_ready(zio_t *zio)
{
dbuf_write_ready(zio, NULL, zio->io_private);
}
static void
dbuf_write_nofill_done(zio_t *zio)
{
dbuf_write_done(zio, NULL, zio->io_private);
}
static void
dbuf_write_override_ready(zio_t *zio)
{
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr = zio->io_private;
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
dbuf_write_ready(zio, NULL, db);
}
static void
dbuf_write_override_done(zio_t *zio)
{
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr = zio->io_private;
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
blkptr_t *obp = &dr->dt.dl.dr_overridden_by;
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
if (!BP_EQUAL(zio->io_bp, obp)) {
if (!BP_IS_HOLE(obp))
dsl_free(spa_get_dsl(zio->io_spa), zio->io_txg, obp);
arc_release(dr->dt.dl.dr_data, db);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
dbuf_write_done(zio, NULL, db);
if (zio->io_abd != NULL)
abd_put(zio->io_abd);
}
/* Issue I/O to commit a dirty buffer to disk. */
static void
dbuf_write(dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr, arc_buf_t *data, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
dnode_t *dn;
objset_t *os;
dmu_buf_impl_t *parent = db->db_parent;
uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
zbookmark_phys_t zb;
zio_prop_t zp;
zio_t *zio;
int wp_flag = 0;
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
Illumos 6844 - dnode_next_offset can detect fictional holes 6844 dnode_next_offset can detect fictional holes Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> dnode_next_offset is used in a variety of places to iterate over the holes or allocated blocks in a dnode. It operates under the premise that it can iterate over the blockpointers of a dnode in open context while holding only the dn_struct_rwlock as reader. Unfortunately, this premise does not hold. When we create the zio for a dbuf, we pass in the actual block pointer in the indirect block above that dbuf. When we later zero the bp in zio_write_compress, we are directly modifying the bp. The state of the bp is now inconsistent from the perspective of dnode_next_offset: the bp will appear to be a hole until zio_dva_allocate finally finishes filling it in. In the meantime, dnode_next_offset can detect a hole in the dnode when none exists. I was able to experimentally demonstrate this behavior with the following setup: 1. Create a file with 1 million dbufs. 2. Create a thread that randomly dirties L2 blocks by writing to the first L0 block under them. 3. Observe dnode_next_offset, waiting for it to skip over a hole in the middle of a file. 4. Do dnode_next_offset in a loop until we skip over such a non-existent hole. The fix is to ensure that it is valid to iterate over the indirect blocks in a dnode while holding the dn_struct_rwlock by passing the zio a copy of the BP and updating the actual BP in dbuf_write_ready while holding the lock. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6844 https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/82 DLPX-35372 Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #4548
2016-04-21 18:23:37 +00:00
ASSERT(dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx));
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
os = dn->dn_objset;
if (db->db_state != DB_NOFILL) {
if (db->db_level > 0 || dn->dn_type == DMU_OT_DNODE) {
/*
* Private object buffers are released here rather
* than in dbuf_dirty() since they are only modified
* in the syncing context and we don't want the
* overhead of making multiple copies of the data.
*/
if (BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr)) {
arc_buf_thaw(data);
} else {
dbuf_release_bp(db);
}
}
}
if (parent != dn->dn_dbuf) {
/* Our parent is an indirect block. */
/* We have a dirty parent that has been scheduled for write. */
ASSERT(parent && parent->db_data_pending);
/* Our parent's buffer is one level closer to the dnode. */
ASSERT(db->db_level == parent->db_level-1);
/*
* We're about to modify our parent's db_data by modifying
* our block pointer, so the parent must be released.
*/
ASSERT(arc_released(parent->db_buf));
zio = parent->db_data_pending->dr_zio;
} else {
/* Our parent is the dnode itself. */
ASSERT((db->db_level == dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels-1 &&
db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID) ||
(db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID && db->db_level == 0));
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID)
ASSERT3P(db->db_blkptr, ==,
&dn->dn_phys->dn_blkptr[db->db_blkid]);
zio = dn->dn_zio;
}
ASSERT(db->db_level == 0 || data == db->db_buf);
ASSERT3U(db->db_blkptr->blk_birth, <=, txg);
ASSERT(zio);
SET_BOOKMARK(&zb, os->os_dsl_dataset ?
os->os_dsl_dataset->ds_object : DMU_META_OBJSET,
db->db.db_object, db->db_level, db->db_blkid);
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID)
wp_flag = WP_SPILL;
wp_flag |= (db->db_state == DB_NOFILL) ? WP_NOFILL : 0;
dmu_write_policy(os, dn, db->db_level, wp_flag,
(data != NULL && arc_get_compression(data) != ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF) ?
arc_get_compression(data) : ZIO_COMPRESS_INHERIT, &zp);
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
Illumos 6844 - dnode_next_offset can detect fictional holes 6844 dnode_next_offset can detect fictional holes Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> dnode_next_offset is used in a variety of places to iterate over the holes or allocated blocks in a dnode. It operates under the premise that it can iterate over the blockpointers of a dnode in open context while holding only the dn_struct_rwlock as reader. Unfortunately, this premise does not hold. When we create the zio for a dbuf, we pass in the actual block pointer in the indirect block above that dbuf. When we later zero the bp in zio_write_compress, we are directly modifying the bp. The state of the bp is now inconsistent from the perspective of dnode_next_offset: the bp will appear to be a hole until zio_dva_allocate finally finishes filling it in. In the meantime, dnode_next_offset can detect a hole in the dnode when none exists. I was able to experimentally demonstrate this behavior with the following setup: 1. Create a file with 1 million dbufs. 2. Create a thread that randomly dirties L2 blocks by writing to the first L0 block under them. 3. Observe dnode_next_offset, waiting for it to skip over a hole in the middle of a file. 4. Do dnode_next_offset in a loop until we skip over such a non-existent hole. The fix is to ensure that it is valid to iterate over the indirect blocks in a dnode while holding the dn_struct_rwlock by passing the zio a copy of the BP and updating the actual BP in dbuf_write_ready while holding the lock. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6844 https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/82 DLPX-35372 Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #4548
2016-04-21 18:23:37 +00:00
/*
* We copy the blkptr now (rather than when we instantiate the dirty
* record), because its value can change between open context and
* syncing context. We do not need to hold dn_struct_rwlock to read
* db_blkptr because we are in syncing context.
*/
dr->dr_bp_copy = *db->db_blkptr;
if (db->db_level == 0 &&
dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state == DR_OVERRIDDEN) {
/*
* The BP for this block has been provided by open context
* (by dmu_sync() or dmu_buf_write_embedded()).
*/
abd_t *contents = (data != NULL) ?
abd_get_from_buf(data->b_data, arc_buf_size(data)) : NULL;
dr->dr_zio = zio_write(zio, os->os_spa, txg,
&dr->dr_bp_copy, contents, db->db.db_size, db->db.db_size,
&zp, dbuf_write_override_ready, NULL, NULL,
dbuf_write_override_done,
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 03:01:20 +00:00
dr, ZIO_PRIORITY_ASYNC_WRITE, ZIO_FLAG_MUSTSUCCEED, &zb);
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state = DR_NOT_OVERRIDDEN;
zio_write_override(dr->dr_zio, &dr->dt.dl.dr_overridden_by,
dr->dt.dl.dr_copies, dr->dt.dl.dr_nopwrite);
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
} else if (db->db_state == DB_NOFILL) {
OpenZFS 4185 - add new cryptographic checksums to ZFS: SHA-512, Skein, Edon-R Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4185 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/45818ee Porting Notes: This code is ported on top of the Illumos Crypto Framework code: https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/4329/commits/b5e030c8dbb9cd393d313571dee4756fbba8c22d The list of porting changes includes: - Copied module/icp/include/sha2/sha2.h directly from illumos - Removed from module/icp/algs/sha2/sha2.c: #pragma inline(SHA256Init, SHA384Init, SHA512Init) - Added 'ctx' to lib/libzfs/libzfs_sendrecv.c:zio_checksum_SHA256() since it now takes in an extra parameter. - Added CTASSERT() to assert.h from for module/zfs/edonr_zfs.c - Added skein & edonr to libicp/Makefile.am - Added sha512.S. It was generated from sha512-x86_64.pl in Illumos. - Updated ztest.c with new fletcher_4_*() args; used NULL for new CTX argument. - In icp/algs/edonr/edonr_byteorder.h, Removed the #if defined(__linux) section to not #include the non-existant endian.h. - In skein_test.c, renane NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a compiler warning. - Fixup test files: - Rename <sys/varargs.h> -> <varargs.h>, <strings.h> -> <string.h>, - Remove <note.h> and define NOTE() as NOP. - Define u_longlong_t - Rename "#!/usr/bin/ksh" -> "#!/bin/ksh -p" - Rename NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a compiler warning. - Remove "for isa in $($ISAINFO); do" stuff - Add/update Makefiles - Add some userspace headers like stdio.h/stdlib.h in places of sys/types.h. - EXPORT_SYMBOL *_Init/*_Update/*_Final... routines in ICP modules. - Update scripts/zfs2zol-patch.sed - include <sys/sha2.h> in sha2_impl.h - Add sha2.h to include/sys/Makefile.am - Add skein and edonr dirs to icp Makefile - Add new checksums to zpool_get.cfg - Move checksum switch block from zfs_secpolicy_setprop() to zfs_check_settable() - Fix -Wuninitialized error in edonr_byteorder.h on PPC - Fix stack frame size errors on ARM32 - Don't unroll loops in Skein on 32-bit to save stack space - Add memory barriers in sha2.c on 32-bit to save stack space - Add filetest_001_pos.ksh checksum sanity test - Add option to write psudorandom data in file_write utility
2016-06-15 22:47:05 +00:00
ASSERT(zp.zp_checksum == ZIO_CHECKSUM_OFF ||
zp.zp_checksum == ZIO_CHECKSUM_NOPARITY);
dr->dr_zio = zio_write(zio, os->os_spa, txg,
&dr->dr_bp_copy, NULL, db->db.db_size, db->db.db_size, &zp,
dbuf_write_nofill_ready, NULL, NULL,
dbuf_write_nofill_done, db,
ZIO_PRIORITY_ASYNC_WRITE,
ZIO_FLAG_MUSTSUCCEED | ZIO_FLAG_NODATA, &zb);
} else {
arc_done_func_t *children_ready_cb = NULL;
ASSERT(arc_released(data));
/*
* For indirect blocks, we want to setup the children
* ready callback so that we can properly handle an indirect
* block that only contains holes.
*/
if (db->db_level != 0)
children_ready_cb = dbuf_write_children_ready;
dr->dr_zio = arc_write(zio, os->os_spa, txg,
Illumos 6844 - dnode_next_offset can detect fictional holes 6844 dnode_next_offset can detect fictional holes Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> dnode_next_offset is used in a variety of places to iterate over the holes or allocated blocks in a dnode. It operates under the premise that it can iterate over the blockpointers of a dnode in open context while holding only the dn_struct_rwlock as reader. Unfortunately, this premise does not hold. When we create the zio for a dbuf, we pass in the actual block pointer in the indirect block above that dbuf. When we later zero the bp in zio_write_compress, we are directly modifying the bp. The state of the bp is now inconsistent from the perspective of dnode_next_offset: the bp will appear to be a hole until zio_dva_allocate finally finishes filling it in. In the meantime, dnode_next_offset can detect a hole in the dnode when none exists. I was able to experimentally demonstrate this behavior with the following setup: 1. Create a file with 1 million dbufs. 2. Create a thread that randomly dirties L2 blocks by writing to the first L0 block under them. 3. Observe dnode_next_offset, waiting for it to skip over a hole in the middle of a file. 4. Do dnode_next_offset in a loop until we skip over such a non-existent hole. The fix is to ensure that it is valid to iterate over the indirect blocks in a dnode while holding the dn_struct_rwlock by passing the zio a copy of the BP and updating the actual BP in dbuf_write_ready while holding the lock. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6844 https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/82 DLPX-35372 Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #4548
2016-04-21 18:23:37 +00:00
&dr->dr_bp_copy, data, DBUF_IS_L2CACHEABLE(db),
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
&zp, dbuf_write_ready,
children_ready_cb, dbuf_write_physdone,
dbuf_write_done, db, ZIO_PRIORITY_ASYNC_WRITE,
ZIO_FLAG_MUSTSUCCEED, &zb);
}
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
}
#if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPL)
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_find);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_is_metadata);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_destroy);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_loan_arcbuf);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_whichblock);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_read);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_unoverride);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_free_range);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_new_size);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_release_bp);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_dirty);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_will_dirty);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_will_not_fill);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_will_fill);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_fill_done);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_rele);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_assign_arcbuf);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_prefetch);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_hold_impl);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_hold);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_hold_level);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_create_bonus);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_spill_set_blksz);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_rm_spill);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_add_ref);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_rele);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_rele_and_unlock);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_refcount);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_sync_list);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_set_user);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_set_user_ie);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_get_user);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_get_blkptr);
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
/* BEGIN CSTYLED */
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
module_param(dbuf_cache_max_bytes, ulong, 0644);
MODULE_PARM_DESC(dbuf_cache_max_bytes,
"Maximum size in bytes of the dbuf cache.");
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
module_param(dbuf_cache_hiwater_pct, uint, 0644);
MODULE_PARM_DESC(dbuf_cache_hiwater_pct,
"Percentage over dbuf_cache_max_bytes when dbufs must be evicted "
"directly.");
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
module_param(dbuf_cache_lowater_pct, uint, 0644);
MODULE_PARM_DESC(dbuf_cache_lowater_pct,
"Percentage below dbuf_cache_max_bytes when the evict thread stops "
"evicting dbufs.");
OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com> This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed. I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk block. Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one. Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata. When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0 Issue #5078
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
module_param(dbuf_cache_max_shift, int, 0644);
MODULE_PARM_DESC(dbuf_cache_max_shift,
"Cap the size of the dbuf cache to a log2 fraction of arc size.");
/* END CSTYLED */
#endif